Initial commit.

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+project(cl-install-gui)
+
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
+
+list(APPEND CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "cmake")
+set(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake)
+
+set(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.6.0)
+find_package(Qt4 REQUIRED)
+
+include(${QT_USE_FILE})
+
+add_subdirectory(libs/qtermwidget)
+
+include_directories( 
+    ${QT_INCLUDES} 
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}
+    libs/qtermwidget
+)
+
+set( cl_install_gui_SRCS
+    src/main.cpp
+    src/pagecfdisk.cpp
+    src/pageconfiguration.cpp
+    src/pagefinish.cpp
+    src/pageinstall.cpp
+    src/pagelanguage.cpp
+    src/pagelicense.cpp
+    src/pagemanager.cpp
+    src/pagepartitioning.cpp
+    src/systeminstaller.cpp
+    src/tools.cpp
+)
+
+set (cl_install_gui_HDRS
+    src/installerpage.h
+    src/pagecfdisk.h
+    src/pageconfiguration.h
+    src/pagefinish.h
+    src/pageinstall.h
+    src/pagelanguage.h
+    src/pagelicense.h
+    src/pagemanager.h
+    src/pagepartitioning.h
+    src/systeminstaller.h
+)
+
+set( cl_install_gui_RCC
+    resources/systeminstaller.qrc 
+)
+
+add_definitions( -DQT_GUI_LIB -DQT_CORE_LIB )
+
+qt4_wrap_cpp( cl_install_gui_MOC_SRCS
+    ${cl_install_gui_HDRS}
+)
+qt4_add_resources( cl_install_gui_RCC_SRCS
+    ${cl_install_gui_RCC}
+)
+
+add_executable( cl-install-gui
+    ${cl_install_gui_SRCS}
+    ${cl_install_gui_MOC_SRCS}
+    ${cl_install_gui_RCC_SRCS}
+)
+
+target_link_libraries( cl-install-gui
+    ${QT_QTCORE_LIBRARY}
+    ${QT_QTGUI_LIBRARY}
+    qtermwidget
+)
+
+install( TARGETS cl-install-gui DESTINATION bin )
+

libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "BlockArray.h"
+
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// System
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+static int blocksize = 0;
+
+BlockArray::BlockArray()
+    : size(0),
+      current(size_t(-1)),
+      index(size_t(-1)),
+      lastmap(0),
+      lastmap_index(size_t(-1)),
+      lastblock(0), ion(-1),
+      length(0)
+{
+    // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1);
+    if (blocksize == 0)
+        blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize();
+
+}
+
+BlockArray::~BlockArray()
+{
+    setHistorySize(0);
+    assert(!lastblock);
+}
+
+size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block)
+{
+    if (!size)
+        return size_t(-1);
+
+    ++current;
+    if (current >= size) current = 0;
+
+    int rc;
+    rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); }
+    rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); }
+
+    length++;
+    if (length > size) length = size;
+
+    ++index;
+
+    delete block;
+    return current;
+}
+
+size_t BlockArray::newBlock()
+{
+    if (!size)
+        return size_t(-1);
+    append(lastblock);
+
+    lastblock = new Block();
+    return index + 1;
+}
+
+Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const
+{
+    return lastblock;
+}
+
+bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const
+{
+    if (i == index + 1)
+        return true;
+
+    if (i > index)
+        return false;
+    if (index - i >= length)
+        return false;
+    return true;
+}
+
+const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i)
+{
+    if (i == index + 1)
+        return lastblock;
+
+    if (i == lastmap_index)
+        return lastmap;
+
+    if (i > index) {
+        qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n";
+        return 0;
+    }
+    
+//     if (index - i >= length) {
+//         kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n";
+//         return 0;
+//     }
+
+    size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ;
+
+    assert(j < size);
+    unmap();
+
+    Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize);
+
+    if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; }
+
+    lastmap = block;
+    lastmap_index = i;
+
+    return block;
+}
+
+void BlockArray::unmap()
+{
+    if (lastmap) {
+        int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize);
+        if (res < 0) perror("munmap");
+    }
+    lastmap = 0;
+    lastmap_index = size_t(-1);
+}
+
+bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize)
+{
+    return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize);
+}
+
+bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize)
+{
+//    kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize;
+
+    if (size == newsize)
+        return false;
+
+    unmap();
+
+    if (!newsize) {
+        delete lastblock;
+        lastblock = 0;
+        if (ion >= 0) close(ion);
+        ion = -1;
+        current = size_t(-1);
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    if (!size) {
+        FILE* tmp = tmpfile();
+        if (!tmp) {
+            perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n");
+        } else {
+            ion = dup(fileno(tmp));
+            if (ion<0) {
+                perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n");
+                fclose(tmp);
+            }
+        }
+        if (ion < 0)
+            return false;
+
+        assert(!lastblock);
+
+        lastblock = new Block();
+        size = newsize;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (newsize > size) {
+        increaseBuffer();
+        size = newsize;
+        return false;
+    } else {
+        decreaseBuffer(newsize);
+        ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize);
+        size = newsize;
+
+        return true;
+    }
+}
+
+void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2)
+{
+    int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+    if (res)
+        perror("fseek");
+    res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion);
+    if (res != 1)
+        perror("fread");
+
+    res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+    if (res)
+        perror("fseek");
+    res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion);
+    if (res != 1)
+        perror("fwrite");
+    //    printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos);
+}
+
+void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize)
+{
+    if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole
+        return;
+
+    int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size;
+
+    if (!offset)
+        return;
+
+    // The Block constructor could do somthing in future...
+    char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize];
+
+    FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b");
+    if (!fion) {
+        delete [] buffer1;
+        perror("fdopen/dup");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int firstblock;
+    if (current <= newsize) {
+        firstblock = current + 1;
+    } else {
+        firstblock = 0;
+    }
+
+    size_t oldpos;
+    for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) {
+        oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size;
+        moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1);
+        if (oldpos < newsize) {
+            cursor = oldpos;
+        } else
+            cursor++;
+    }
+
+    current = newsize - 1;
+    length = newsize;
+
+    delete [] buffer1;
+
+    fclose(fion);
+
+}
+
+void BlockArray::increaseBuffer()
+{
+    if (index < size) // not even wrapped once
+        return;
+
+    int offset = (current + size + 1) % size;
+    if (!offset) // no moving needed
+        return;
+
+    // The Block constructor could do somthing in future...
+    char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize];
+    char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize];
+
+    int runs = 1;
+    int bpr = size; // blocks per run
+
+    if (size % offset == 0) {
+        bpr = size / offset;
+        runs = offset;
+    }
+
+    FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b");
+    if (!fion) {
+        perror("fdopen/dup");
+	delete [] buffer1;
+	delete [] buffer2;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    int res;
+    for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++)
+    {
+        // free one block in chain
+        int firstblock = (offset + i) % size;
+        res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+        if (res)
+            perror("fseek");
+        res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion);
+        if (res != 1)
+            perror("fread");
+        int newpos = 0;
+        for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++)
+        {
+            cursor = (cursor + offset) % size;
+            newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size;
+            moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2);
+        }
+        res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET);
+        if (res)
+            perror("fseek");
+        res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion);
+        if (res != 1)
+            perror("fwrite");
+    }
+    current = size - 1;
+    length = size;
+
+    delete [] buffer1;
+    delete [] buffer2;
+
+    fclose(fion);
+
+}
+

libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+   
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H
+#define BLOCKARRAY_H
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+//#error Do not use in KDE 2.1
+
+#define BlockSize (1 << 12)
+#define ENTRIES   ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char))
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+struct Block {
+    Block() { size = 0; }
+    unsigned char data[ENTRIES];
+    size_t size;
+};
+
+// ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class BlockArray {
+public:
+    /**
+    * Creates a history file for holding
+    * maximal size blocks. If more blocks
+    * are requested, then it drops earlier
+    * added ones.
+    */
+    BlockArray();
+
+    /// destructor
+    ~BlockArray();
+
+    /**
+    * adds the Block at the end of history.
+    * This may drop other blocks.
+    *
+    * The ownership on the block is transfered.
+    * An unique index number is returned for accessing
+    * it later (if not yet dropped then)
+    *
+    * Note, that the block may be dropped completely
+    * if history is turned off.
+    */
+    size_t append(Block *block);
+
+    /**
+    * gets the block at the index. Function may return
+    * 0 if the block isn't available any more.
+    *
+    * The returned block is strictly readonly as only
+    * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next
+    * operation on this class.
+    */
+    const Block *at(size_t index);
+
+    /**
+    * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null,
+    * the history is emptied completely. The indices
+    * returned on append won't change their semantic,
+    * but they may not be valid after this call.
+    */
+    bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize);
+
+    size_t newBlock();
+
+    Block *lastBlock() const;
+
+    /**
+    * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes
+    * instead of blocks
+    */
+    bool setSize(size_t newsize);
+
+    size_t len() const { return length; }
+
+    bool has(size_t index) const;
+
+    size_t getCurrent() const { return current; }
+
+private:
+    void unmap();
+    void increaseBuffer();
+    void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize);
+
+    size_t size;
+    // current always shows to the last inserted block
+    size_t current;
+    size_t index;
+
+    Block *lastmap;
+    size_t lastmap_index;
+    Block *lastblock;
+
+    int ion;
+    size_t length;
+
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif

libs/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+project(qtermwidget)
+
+cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
+
+set(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.6.0)
+
+find_package(Qt4 REQUIRED)
+
+include(${QT_USE_FILE})
+
+include_directories(
+    ${QT_INCLUDES}
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
+    ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}
+    .
+)
+
+link_directories(
+    .
+)
+
+set( qtermwidget_SRCS 
+    qtermwidget.cpp
+    BlockArray.cpp
+    Emulation.cpp
+    Filter.cpp
+    History.cpp
+    k3processcontroller.cpp
+    k3process.cpp
+    KeyboardTranslator.cpp
+    konsole_wcwidth.cpp
+    kpty.cpp
+    Pty.cpp
+    Screen.cpp
+    ScreenWindow.cpp
+    Session.cpp
+    ShellCommand.cpp
+    TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp
+    TerminalDisplay.cpp
+    Vt102Emulation.cpp
+)
+
+set( qtermwidget_HDRS
+    qtermwidget.h
+    Emulation.h
+    Filter.h
+    k3processcontroller.h
+    k3process.h
+    Pty.h
+    ScreenWindow.h
+    Session.h
+    TerminalDisplay.h
+    Vt102Emulation.h
+)
+
+add_definitions( -DQT_GUI_LIB -DQT_CORE_LIB -DHAVE_POSIX_OPENPT )
+
+qt4_wrap_cpp( qtermwidget_MOC_SRCS
+    ${qtermwidget_HDRS}
+)
+
+add_library (qtermwidget STATIC
+    ${qtermwidget_SRCS}
+    ${qtermwidget_MOC_SRCS}
+    ${QT_QTCORE_LIBRARY}
+    ${QT_QTGUI_LIBRARY}
+)
+

libs/qtermwidget/Character.h

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CHARACTER_H
+#define CHARACTER_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+
+// Local
+#include "CharacterColor.h"
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+typedef unsigned char LineProperty;
+
+static const int LINE_DEFAULT		= 0;
+static const int LINE_WRAPPED 	 	= (1 << 0);
+static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH  	= (1 << 1);
+static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT	= (1 << 2);
+
+#define DEFAULT_RENDITION  0
+#define RE_BOLD            (1 << 0)
+#define RE_BLINK           (1 << 1)
+#define RE_UNDERLINE       (1 << 2)
+#define RE_REVERSE         (1 << 3) // Screen only
+#define RE_INTENSIVE       (1 << 3) // Widget only
+#define RE_CURSOR          (1 << 4)
+#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR   (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character
+ * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes
+ * which specify how it should be drawn.
+ */
+class Character
+{
+public:
+  /** 
+   * Constructs a new character.
+   *
+   * @param _c The unicode character value of this character.
+   * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character.
+   * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background.
+   * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn.
+   */
+  inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ',
+            CharacterColor  _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR),
+            CharacterColor  _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR),
+            quint8  _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION)
+       : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {}
+
+  union
+  {
+    /** The unicode character value for this character. */
+    quint16 character;
+    /** 
+     * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than
+     * one unicode character.
+     *
+     * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode
+     * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence.
+     */
+    quint16 charSequence; 
+  };
+
+  /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */
+  quint8  rendition;
+
+  /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */
+  CharacterColor  foregroundColor; 
+  /** The color used to draw this character's background. */
+  CharacterColor  backgroundColor;
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when
+   * it is drawn with the specified @p palette.
+   */
+  bool   isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const;
+  /**
+   * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when
+   * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether
+   * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. 
+   */
+  bool   isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const;
+  
+  /** 
+   * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value,
+   * rendition and colors.
+   */
+  friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b);
+  /**
+   * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values,
+   * renditions or colors.
+   */
+  friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b);
+};
+
+inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b)
+{ 
+  return a.character == b.character && 
+         a.rendition == b.rendition && 
+         a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && 
+         a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor;
+}
+
+inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b)
+{
+  return    a.character != b.character || 
+            a.rendition != b.rendition || 
+            a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || 
+            a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor;
+}
+
+inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const
+{
+  return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && 
+          base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent)
+      || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && 
+          base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent);
+}
+
+inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const
+{
+  return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) &&
+            base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold)
+      || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) &&
+            base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold);
+}
+
+extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
+
+
+/**
+ * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced
+ * by hash keys.  The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode
+ * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in
+ * a structure.
+ */
+class ExtendedCharTable
+{
+public:
+    /** Constructs a new character table. */
+    ExtendedCharTable();
+    ~ExtendedCharTable();
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns
+     * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence
+     * using lookupExtendedChar()
+     *
+     * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash
+     * of the existing sequence will be returned.
+     *
+     * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points
+     * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints
+     */
+    ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length);
+    /**
+     * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters
+     * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar().
+     *
+     * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar()
+     * @param length This variable is set to the length of the 
+     * character sequence.
+     *
+     * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length.
+     */
+    ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const;
+
+    /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */
+    static ExtendedCharTable instance;
+private:
+    // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length'
+    ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const;
+    // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the 
+    // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length'
+    bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const;
+    // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers.  The first ushort
+    // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer
+    // themselves.
+    QHash<ushort,ushort*> extendedCharTable;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // CHARACTER_H
+

libs/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H
+#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QColor>
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/** 
+ * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. 
+ *
+ * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map
+ * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors.
+ *
+ * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text
+ * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold.  
+ *
+ * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal
+ * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters
+ * using the entry as a background.
+ */
+class ColorEntry
+{
+public:
+  /** 
+   * Constructs a new color palette entry.
+   *
+   * @param c The color value for this entry.
+   * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color.
+   * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold.
+   */
+  ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {}
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and
+   * with the transparent and bold flags set to false.
+   */ 
+  ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} 
+ 
+  /**
+   * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs.
+   */ 
+  void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) 
+  { 
+       color = rhs.color; 
+       transparent = rhs.transparent; 
+       bold = rhs.bold; 
+  }
+
+  /** The color value of this entry for display. */
+  QColor color;
+
+  /** 
+   * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. 
+   * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text.
+   */
+  bool   transparent;
+  /**
+   * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold.
+   * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background.
+   */
+  bool   bold;        
+};
+
+
+// Attributed Character Representations ///////////////////////////////
+
+// Colors
+
+#define BASE_COLORS   (2+8)
+#define INTENSITIES   2
+#define TABLE_COLORS  (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS)
+
+#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0
+#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1
+
+//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background.
+//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp
+
+static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
+// The following are almost IBM standard color codes, with some slight
+// gamma correction for the dim colors to compensate for bright X screens.
+// It contains the 8 ansiterm/xterm colors in 2 intensities.
+{
+  // Fixme: could add faint colors here, also.
+  // normal
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White
+  // intensiv
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ),
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ),
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ),
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ),
+  ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 )
+};
+
+/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces.
+
+   Assignment is as follows:
+
+   Type  - Space        - Values
+
+   0     - Undefined   - u:  0,      v:0        w:0
+   1     - Default     - u:  0..1    v:intense  w:0
+   2     - System      - u:  0..7    v:intense  w:0
+   3     - Index(256)  - u: 16..255  v:0        w:0
+   4     - RGB         - u:  0..255  v:0..256   w:0..256
+
+   Default colour space has two separate colours, namely
+   default foreground and default background colour.
+*/
+
+#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED   0
+#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT     1
+#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM      2
+#define COLOR_SPACE_256         3
+#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB         4
+
+/**
+ * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal.
+ */
+class CharacterColor
+{
+    friend class Character;
+
+public:
+  /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */
+  CharacterColor() 
+      : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), 
+        _u(0), 
+        _v(0), 
+        _w(0) 
+  {}
+
+  /** 
+   * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with 
+   * color value @p co
+   *
+   * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used.
+   *
+   * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace
+   *
+   * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces.
+   */
+  CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) 
+      : _colorSpace(colorSpace), 
+        _u(0), 
+        _v(0), 
+        _w(0)
+  {
+    switch (colorSpace)
+    {
+        case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT:
+            _u = co & 1;
+            break;
+        case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM:
+            _u = co & 7;
+            _v = (co >> 3) & 1;
+            break;
+        case COLOR_SPACE_256:  
+            _u = co & 255;
+            break;
+        case COLOR_SPACE_RGB:
+            _u = co >> 16;
+            _v = co >> 8;
+            _w = co;
+            break;
+        default:
+            _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns true if this character color entry is valid.
+   */
+  bool isValid() 
+  {
+        return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED;
+  }
+    
+  /** 
+   * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive
+   * system color.
+   * 
+   * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM
+   * color spaces.
+   */
+  void toggleIntensive();
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns the color within the specified color @palette
+   *
+   * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise
+   * it is ignored.
+   */
+  QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const;
+ 
+  /** 
+   * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and
+   * use the same color space.
+   */
+  friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b);
+  /**
+   * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values
+   * or use different color spaces.
+   */
+  friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b);
+
+private:
+  quint8 _colorSpace;
+
+  // bytes storing the character color 
+  quint8 _u; 
+  quint8 _v; 
+  quint8 _w; 
+};
+
+inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b)
+{ 
+  return *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&a._colorSpace) == 
+         *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&b._colorSpace);
+}
+
+inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b)
+{
+  return *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&a._colorSpace) != 
+         *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&b._colorSpace);
+}
+
+inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base)
+{
+  //   0.. 16: system colors
+  if (u <   8) return base[u+2            ].color; u -= 8;
+  if (u <   8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8;
+
+  //  16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube
+  if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5,
+                             255*((u/ 6)%6)/5,
+                             255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216;
+  
+  // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white
+  int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray);
+}
+
+inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const
+{
+  switch (_colorSpace)
+  {
+    case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color;
+    case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color;
+    case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base);
+    case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w);
+    case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor();
+  }
+
+  Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space
+
+  return QColor();
+}
+
+inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive()
+{
+  if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT)
+  {
+    _v = !_v;
+  }
+}
+
+
+}
+
+#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H
+

libs/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#ifndef _COLOR_TABLE_H
+#define _COLOR_TABLE_H
+
+#include "CharacterColor.h"
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+static const ColorEntry whiteonblack_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
+{
+    // normal
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White
+    // intensiv
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 )
+};
+
+static const ColorEntry greenonblack_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] =
+{
+    ColorEntry(QColor(    24, 240,  24),  0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor(     0,   0,   0),  1, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor(     0,   0,   0),  0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor(   178,  24,  24),  0, 0), 
+    ColorEntry(QColor(    24, 178,  24),  0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor(   178, 104,  24),  0, 0), 
+    ColorEntry(QColor(    24,  24, 178),  0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor(   178,  24, 178),  0, 0), 
+    ColorEntry(QColor(    24, 178, 178),  0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor(   178, 178, 178),  0, 0), 
+    // intensive colors
+    ColorEntry(QColor(   24, 240,  24),  0, 1 ), ColorEntry(QColor(    0,   0,   0),  1, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(  104, 104, 104),  0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor(  255,  84,  84),  0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(   84, 255,  84),  0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor(  255, 255,  84),  0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(   84,  84, 255),  0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor(  255,  84, 255),  0, 0 ),
+    ColorEntry(QColor(   84, 255, 255),  0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor(  255, 255, 255),  0, 0 )
+};
+
+static const ColorEntry blackonlightyellow_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = 
+{
+    ColorEntry(QColor(  0,   0,   0),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 221),  1, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor(  0,   0,   0),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 178,  24,  24),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178,  24),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 104,  24),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor( 24,  24, 178),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 178,  24, 178),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 178),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 178, 178),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor(  0,   0,   0),  0, 1),  ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 221),  1, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor(104, 104, 104),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 255,  84,  84),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255,  84),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255,  84),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor( 84,  84, 255),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 255,  84, 255),  0, 0),  
+    ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 255),  0, 0),  ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 255),  0, 0)
+};
+ 			  
+			  
+			  
+
+
+#endif
+

libs/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+"keyboard \"Fallback Key Translator\"\n"
+"key Tab : \"\\t\" \0"

libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> 
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+    Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Emulation.h"
+
+// System
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QThread>
+
+#include <QtCore/QTime>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
+#include "Screen.h"
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+#include "ScreenWindow.h"
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                               Emulation                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+//#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@')
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+Emulation::Emulation() :
+  _currentScreen(0),
+  _codec(0),
+  _decoder(0),
+  _keyTranslator(0),
+  _usesMouse(false)
+{
+
+  // create screens with a default size
+  _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80);
+  _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80);
+  _currentScreen = _screen[0];
+
+  QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) );
+  QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) );
+   
+  // listen for mouse status changes
+  connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , 
+           SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) );
+}
+
+bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const
+{
+    return _usesMouse;
+}
+
+void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse)
+{
+    _usesMouse = usesMouse;
+}
+
+ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow()
+{
+    ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow();
+    window->setScreen(_currentScreen);
+    _windows << window;
+
+    connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
+            this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate()));
+
+    connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()),
+            window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) );
+    return window;
+}
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+Emulation::~Emulation()
+{
+  QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows);
+
+  while (windowIter.hasNext())
+  {
+    delete windowIter.next();
+  }
+
+  delete _screen[0];
+  delete _screen[1];
+  delete _decoder;
+}
+
+/*! change between primary and alternate _screen
+*/
+
+void Emulation::setScreen(int n)
+{
+  Screen *old = _currentScreen;
+  _currentScreen = _screen[n&1];
+  if (_currentScreen != old) 
+  {
+     old->setBusySelecting(false);
+
+     // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen
+     QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows);
+     while ( windowIter.hasNext() )
+     {
+         windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen);
+     }
+  }
+}
+
+void Emulation::clearHistory()
+{
+    _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false );
+}
+void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t)
+{
+  _screen[0]->setScroll(t);
+
+  showBulk();
+}
+
+const HistoryType& Emulation::history()
+{
+  return _screen[0]->getScroll();
+}
+
+void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( qtc );
+
+  _codec = qtc;
+  delete _decoder;
+  _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder();
+
+  emit useUtf8Request(utf8());
+}
+
+void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec)
+{
+    if ( codec == Utf8Codec )
+        setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") );
+    else if ( codec == LocaleCodec )
+        setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() );
+}
+
+void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name)
+{
+  _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name);
+}
+
+QString Emulation::keyBindings()
+{
+  return _keyTranslator->name();
+}
+
+
+// Interpreting Codes ---------------------------------------------------------
+
+/*
+   This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream.
+   Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens'
+   which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the
+   `Screen' class.
+*/
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Emulation::receiveChar(int c)
+// process application unicode input to terminal
+// this is a trivial scanner
+{
+  c &= 0xff;
+  switch (c)
+  {
+    case '\b'      : _currentScreen->BackSpace();                 break;
+    case '\t'      : _currentScreen->Tabulate();                  break;
+    case '\n'      : _currentScreen->NewLine();                   break;
+    case '\r'      : _currentScreen->Return();                    break;
+    case 0x07      : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL);
+                     break;
+    default        : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c);            break;
+  };
+}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                             Keyboard Handling                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*!
+*/
+
+void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev )
+{
+  emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL);
+  
+  if (!ev->text().isEmpty())
+  { // A block of text
+    // Note that the text is proper unicode.
+    // We should do a conversion here, but since this
+    // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii.
+    //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length());
+    emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length());
+  }
+}
+
+void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int)
+{
+    // default implementation does nothing
+}
+
+void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/)
+{
+    // default implementation does nothing
+}
+
+// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- --
+
+/*
+   We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first.
+TODO: Character composition from the old code.  See #96536
+*/
+
+void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length)
+{
+	emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY);
+
+	bufferedUpdate();
+    	
+    QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length);
+
+	//send characters to terminal emulator
+	for (int i=0;i<unicodeText.length();i++)
+	{
+		receiveChar(unicodeText[i].unicode());
+	}
+
+	//look for z-modem indicator
+	//-- someone who understands more about z-modems that I do may be able to move
+	//this check into the above for loop?
+	for (int i=0;i<length;i++)
+	{
+		if (text[i] == '\030')
+    		{
+      			if ((length-i-1 > 3) && (strncmp(text+i+1, "B00", 3) == 0))
+      				emit zmodemDetected();
+    		}
+	}
+}
+
+//OLDER VERSION
+//This version of onRcvBlock was commented out because
+//	a)  It decoded incoming characters one-by-one, which is slow in the current version of Qt (4.2 tech preview)
+//	b)  It messed up decoding of non-ASCII characters, with the result that (for example) chinese characters
+//	    were not printed properly.
+//
+//There is something about stopping the _decoder if "we get a control code halfway a multi-byte sequence" (see below)
+//which hasn't been ported into the newer function (above).  Hopefully someone who understands this better
+//can find an alternative way of handling the check.  
+
+
+/*void Emulation::onRcvBlock(const char *s, int len)
+{
+  emit notifySessionState(NOTIFYACTIVITY);
+  
+  bufferedUpdate();
+  for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+  {
+
+    QString result = _decoder->toUnicode(&s[i],1);
+    int reslen = result.length();
+
+    // If we get a control code halfway a multi-byte sequence
+    // we flush the _decoder and continue with the control code.
+    if ((s[i] < 32) && (s[i] > 0))
+    {
+       // Flush _decoder
+       while(!result.length())
+          result = _decoder->toUnicode(&s[i],1);
+       reslen = 1;
+       result.resize(reslen);
+       result[0] = QChar(s[i]);
+    }
+
+    for (int j = 0; j < reslen; j++)
+    {
+      if (result[j].characterategory() == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing)
+         _currentScreen->compose(result.mid(j,1));
+      else
+         onRcvChar(result[j].unicode());
+    }
+    if (s[i] == '\030')
+    {
+      if ((len-i-1 > 3) && (strncmp(s+i+1, "B00", 3) == 0))
+      	emit zmodemDetected();
+    }
+  }
+}*/
+
+// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+#if 0
+void Emulation::onSelectionBegin(const int x, const int y, const bool columnmode) {
+  if (!connected) return;
+  _currentScreen->setSelectionStart( x,y,columnmode);
+  showBulk();
+}
+
+void Emulation::onSelectionExtend(const int x, const int y) {
+  if (!connected) return;
+  _currentScreen->setSelectionEnd(x,y);
+  showBulk();
+}
+
+void Emulation::setSelection(const bool preserve_line_breaks) {
+  if (!connected) return;
+  QString t = _currentScreen->selectedText(preserve_line_breaks);
+  if (!t.isNull()) 
+  {
+    QListIterator< TerminalDisplay* > viewIter(_views);
+
+    while (viewIter.hasNext())    
+        viewIter.next()->setSelection(t);
+  }
+}
+
+void Emulation::testIsSelected(const int x, const int y, bool &selected)
+{
+  if (!connected) return;
+  selected=_currentScreen->isSelected(x,y);
+}
+
+void Emulation::clearSelection() {
+  if (!connected) return;
+  _currentScreen->clearSelection();
+  showBulk();
+}
+
+#endif 
+
+void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , 
+                               int startLine ,
+                               int endLine) 
+{
+  _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine);
+}
+
+int Emulation::lineCount()
+{
+    // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history
+    return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines();
+}
+
+// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- --
+
+#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10
+#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40
+
+/*!
+*/
+void Emulation::showBulk()
+{
+    _bulkTimer1.stop();
+    _bulkTimer2.stop();
+
+    emit outputChanged();
+
+    _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines();
+    _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines();
+}
+
+void Emulation::bufferedUpdate()
+{
+   _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true);
+   _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1);
+   if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive())
+   {
+      _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true);
+      _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2);
+   }
+}
+
+char Emulation::getErase() const
+{
+  return '\b';
+}
+
+void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns)
+{
+  //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec();
+  Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 );
+  Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 );
+
+  _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns);
+  _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns);
+
+  emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns);
+
+  bufferedUpdate();
+}
+
+QSize Emulation::imageSize()
+{
+  return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines());
+}
+
+ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const
+{
+    ushort hash = 0;
+    for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
+    {
+        hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i];
+    }
+    return hash;
+}
+bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const
+{
+    ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash];
+
+    // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the 
+    // stored buffer ) 
+    if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) 
+       return false;
+    // if the lengths match, each character must be checked.  the stored buffer starts at
+    // entry[1]
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] )
+           return false; 
+    } 
+    return true;
+}
+ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length)
+{
+    // look for this sequence of points in the table
+    ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length);
+
+    // check existing entry for match
+    while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) )
+    {
+        if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) )
+        {
+            // this sequence already has an entry in the table, 
+            // return its hash
+            return hash;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character
+            // points then try next hash
+            hash++;
+        }
+    }    
+
+    
+     // add the new sequence to the table and
+     // return that index
+    ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1];
+    buffer[0] = length;
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ )
+       buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; 
+    
+    extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer);
+
+    return hash;
+}
+
+ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const
+{
+    // lookup index in table and if found, set the length
+    // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence
+
+    ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash];
+    if ( buffer )
+    {
+        length = buffer[0];
+        return buffer+1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        length = 0;
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable()
+{
+}
+ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable()
+{
+    // free all allocated character buffers
+    QHashIterator<ushort,ushort*> iter(extendedCharTable);
+    while ( iter.hasNext() )
+    {
+        iter.next();
+        delete[] iter.value();
+    }
+}
+
+// global instance
+ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance;
+
+
+//#include "moc_Emulation.cpp"
+

libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.h

@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef EMULATION_H
+#define EMULATION_H
+
+// System
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Qt 
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+//#include <QPointer>
+#include <QtCore/QTextCodec>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QTimer>
+
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+class KeyboardTranslator;
+class HistoryType;
+class Screen;
+class ScreenWindow;
+class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
+
+/** 
+ * This enum describes the available states which 
+ * the terminal emulation may be set to.
+ *
+ * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() 
+ */
+enum 
+{ 
+    /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */
+    NOTIFYNORMAL=0, 
+    /** 
+     * The terminal program has triggered a bell event
+     * to get the user's attention.
+     */
+    NOTIFYBELL=1, 
+    /** 
+     * The emulation is currently receiving data from its 
+     * terminal input.
+     */
+    NOTIFYACTIVITY=2,
+
+    // unused here? 
+    NOTIFYSILENCE=3 
+};
+
+/**
+ * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends.
+ *
+ * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and 
+ * producing an output image of characters.
+ *
+ * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with
+ * the data which has arrived.  The emulation will process the data and update the 
+ * screen image accordingly.  The codec used to decode the incoming character stream
+ * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() 
+ *
+ * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the 
+ * desired number of lines and columns.  When new lines are added, old content
+ * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). 
+ *
+ * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation 
+ * by calling createWindow().  Screen windows provide access to a section of the 
+ * output.  Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the 
+ * image size returned by imageSize().  The screen window can be moved up and down
+ * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the 
+ * previous output.  The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal
+ * when the section of the image they are looking at changes.
+ * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications
+ * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating 
+ * accordingly. 
+ *
+ * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such
+ * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent
+ * to the terminal program.  Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot,
+ * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot.  When the character
+ * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer
+ * to the character buffer.  This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal
+ * process.  The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed
+ * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output
+ * character sequences.  The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using
+ * setKeyBindings()
+ *
+ * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the 
+ * input received.  The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling 
+ * reset().  
+ *
+ * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether
+ * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal
+ * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying
+ * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ).  The stateSet() signal
+ * is emitted whenever the activity state is set.  This can be used to determine
+ * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to
+ * a 'bell' event in different ways.
+ */
+class Emulation : public QObject
+{ 
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+ 
+   /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ 
+   Emulation();
+  ~Emulation();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation.  The contents
+   * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the
+   * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method.
+   */
+  ScreenWindow* createWindow();
+
+  /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */
+  QSize imageSize();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history.
+   */ 
+  int lineCount();
+
+  
+  /** 
+   * Sets the history store used by this emulation.  When new lines
+   * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history
+   * store.   
+   *
+   * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the 
+   * type of store.
+   */
+  void setHistory(const HistoryType&);
+  /** Returns the history store used by this emulation.  See setHistory() */
+  const HistoryType& history();
+  /** Clears the history scroll. */
+  void clearHistory();
+
+  /** 
+   * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine 
+   * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal
+   * characters into text. 
+   *
+   * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with 
+   * appearance attributes into output text.  PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly
+   * used decoder.
+   * @param startLine The first
+   */
+  virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine);
+  
+  
+  /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters.  See setCodec() */
+  const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; }
+  /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters.  */
+  void setCodec(const QTextCodec*);
+
+  /** 
+   * Convenience method.  
+   * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming
+   * characters is UTF-8
+   */
+  bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; }
+  
+
+  /** TODO Document me */
+  virtual char getErase() const;
+
+  /** 
+   * Sets the key bindings used to key events
+   * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character
+   * streams to send to the terminal.
+   */
+  void setKeyBindings(const QString& name);
+  /** 
+   * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings.
+   * See setKeyBindings()
+   */
+  QString keyBindings();
+
+  /** 
+   * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen.
+   */
+  virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0;
+
+  /** Resets the state of the terminal. */
+  virtual void reset() =0;
+
+  /** 
+   * Returns true if the active terminal program wants
+   * mouse input events.
+   *
+   * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this
+   * changes.
+   */
+  bool programUsesMouse() const;
+
+public slots: 
+
+  /** Change the size of the emulation's image */
+  virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns);
+  
+  /** 
+   * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal.
+   * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession.
+   */
+  virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0;
+
+  /** 
+   * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with
+   * the resulting character stream. 
+   */
+  virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*);
+ 
+  /** 
+   * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape
+   * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData()
+   */
+  virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType);
+  
+  /**
+   * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. 
+   *
+   * @param string The characters to send.  
+   * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will
+   * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically.
+   */
+  virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0;
+
+  /** 
+   * Processes an incoming stream of characters.  receiveData() decodes the incoming
+   * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for
+   * each unicode character in the resulting buffer.  
+   *
+   * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal
+   * to be emitted when it expires.  The timer allows multiple updates in quick
+   * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission.
+   *
+   * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program.
+   * @param len The length of @p buffer
+   */
+  void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len);
+
+signals:
+
+  /** 
+   * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the 
+   * standard input of the terminal.
+   *
+   * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent
+   * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes
+   */
+  void sendData(const char* data,int len);
+
+  /** 
+   * Requests that sending of input to the emulation
+   * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed.
+   *
+   * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of 
+   * input from the terminal process' stdout be 
+   * suspended.  Otherwise requests that sending of
+   * input be resumed. 
+   */
+  void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend);
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process
+   * be set to UTF 8 mode.  
+   *
+   * TODO: More documentation
+   */
+  void useUtf8Request(bool);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set.
+   *
+   * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY
+   * or NOTIFYBELL
+   */
+  void stateSet(int state);
+
+  /** TODO Document me */
+  void zmodemDetected();
+
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the color of the text used
+   * to represent the tabs associated with this
+   * emulation be changed.  This is a Konsole-specific
+   * extension from pre-KDE 4 times.
+   *
+   * TODO: Document how the parameter works.
+   */
+  void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color);
+
+  /** 
+   * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or
+   * not it is interested in mouse events.
+   *
+   * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about
+   * mouse events or false otherwise.
+   */
+  void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse);
+
+  /** 
+   * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change.
+   * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes,
+   * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when
+   * there is a lot of terminal activity.
+   *
+   * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows
+   * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal.
+   *
+   * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their
+   * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. 
+   */
+  void outputChanged();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the 
+   * session's title.  This also allows terminal programs to customize other
+   * aspects of the terminal emulation display. 
+   *
+   * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007"
+   * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what
+   * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value.
+   *
+   * TODO:  The name of this method is not very accurate since this method
+   * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting
+   * the user-title of the session.    
+   *
+   * @param title Specifies what to change.
+   * <ul>
+   * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li>
+   * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li>
+   * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li>
+   * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle,
+   *         where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named
+   *         color (eg 'red', 'blue').  
+   *         See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more
+   *         details.
+   * </li>
+   * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li>
+   * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session.  @p newTitle is the name 
+   *    of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon
+   *    theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li>
+   * </ul>
+   * @param newTitle Specifies the new title 
+   */
+
+  void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the
+   * screen size.
+   */
+  void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount);
+
+  /** 
+   * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties
+   * of the terminal display.  
+   *
+   * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed
+   * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received.
+   * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance.
+   *
+   * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in
+   * the form:  name=value;name2=value2 ...
+   */
+  void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text);
+
+protected:
+  virtual void setMode  (int mode) = 0;
+  virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0;
+   
+ /** 
+   * Processes an incoming character.  See receiveData()
+   * @p ch A unicode character code. 
+   */
+  virtual void receiveChar(int ch);
+
+  /** 
+   * Sets the active screen.  The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate.
+   * The primary screen is used by default.  When certain interactive programs such
+   * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen.
+   *
+   * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen
+   */
+  void setScreen(int index); 
+
+  enum EmulationCodec
+  {
+      LocaleCodec = 0,
+      Utf8Codec   = 1
+  };
+  void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8
+
+
+  QList<ScreenWindow*> _windows;
+  
+  Screen* _currentScreen;  // pointer to the screen which is currently active, 
+                            // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array
+
+  Screen* _screen[2];      // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell
+                            //                      scrollbars are enabled in this mode )
+                            // 1 = alternate      ( used by vi , emacs etc.
+                            //                      scrollbars are not enabled in this mode )
+                            
+  
+  //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using 
+  //the current text codec.  (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.)
+  const QTextCodec* _codec;
+  QTextDecoder* _decoder;
+
+  const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout
+
+protected slots:
+  /** 
+   * Schedules an update of attached views.
+   * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update,
+   * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. 
+   */
+  void bufferedUpdate();
+
+private slots: 
+
+  // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each
+  // view
+  void showBulk(); 
+
+  void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse);
+
+private:
+
+  bool _usesMouse;
+  QTimer _bulkTimer1;
+  QTimer _bulkTimer2;
+  
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H

libs/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\""
+"key Escape             : \"\\E\""
+"key Tab   -Shift       : \"\\t\"\n"
+"key Tab   +Shift+Ansi  : \"\\E[Z\"\n"
+"key Tab   +Shift-Ansi  : \"\\t\"\n"
+"key Backtab     +Ansi  : \"\\E[Z\"\n"
+"key Backtab     -Ansi  : \"\\t\"\n"
+"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n"
+"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n"
+"key Return+Shift         : \"\\EOM\"\n"
+"key Backspace      : \"\\x7f\"\n"
+"key Up   -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n"
+"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n"
+"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n"
+"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n"
+"key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOA\"\n"
+"key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOB\"\n"
+"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOC\"\n"
+"key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOD\"\n"
+"key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[A\"\n"
+"key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[B\"\n"
+"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[C\"\n"
+"key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[D\"\n"
+"key Up    -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n"
+"key Down  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n"
+"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n"
+"key Left  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n"
+"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n"
+"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n"
+"key Home        -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[H\"  \n"
+"key End         -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : \"\\E[F\"  \n"
+"key Home        -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOH\"  \n"
+"key End         -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : \"\\EOF\"  \n"
+"key Home        +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n"
+"key End         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n"
+"key Insert      -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[2~\"\n"
+"key Delete      -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[3~\"\n"
+"key Insert      +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n"
+"key Delete      +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n"
+"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod                          : \"\\E[5~\"\n"
+"key Next  -Shift-AnyMod                          : \"\\E[6~\"\n"
+"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod                          : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n"
+"key Next  -Shift+AnyMod                          : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n"
+"key F1          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOP\"\n"
+"key F2          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOQ\"\n"
+"key F3          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOR\"\n"
+"key F4          -AnyMod                          : \"\\EOS\"\n"
+"key F5          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[15~\"\n"
+"key F6          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[17~\"\n"
+"key F7          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[18~\"\n"
+"key F8          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[19~\"\n"
+"key F9          -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[20~\"\n"
+"key F10         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[21~\"\n"
+"key F11         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[23~\"\n"
+"key F12         -AnyMod                          : \"\\E[24~\"\n"
+"key F1          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*P\"\n"
+"key F2          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*Q\"\n"
+"key F3          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*R\"\n"
+"key F4          +AnyMod                          : \"\\EO*S\"\n"
+"key F5          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n"
+"key F6          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n"
+"key F7          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n"
+"key F8          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n"
+"key F9          +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n"
+"key F10         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n"
+"key F11         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n"
+"key F12         +AnyMod                          : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n"
+"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n"
+"key Up    +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineUp\n"
+"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageUp\n"
+"key Down  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineDown\n"
+"key Next  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageDown\n"
+"key ScrollLock     : scrollLock\n"
+"\0"

libs/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Filter.h"
+
+// System
+#include <iostream>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+#include <QtGui/QClipboard>
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+
+#include <QtCore/QSharedData>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// KDE
+//#include <KLocale>
+//#include <KRun>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+FilterChain::~FilterChain()
+{
+    QMutableListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    
+    while ( iter.hasNext() )
+    {
+        Filter* filter = iter.next();
+        iter.remove();
+        delete filter;
+    }
+}
+
+void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter)
+{
+    append(filter);
+}
+void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter)
+{
+    removeAll(filter);
+}
+bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter)
+{
+    return contains(filter);
+}
+void FilterChain::reset()
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+        iter.next()->reset();
+}
+void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions)
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+        iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions);
+}
+void FilterChain::process()
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+        iter.next()->process();
+}
+void FilterChain::clear()
+{
+    QList<Filter*>::clear();
+}
+Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const
+{
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        Filter* filter = iter.next();
+        Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column);
+        if ( spot != 0 )
+        {
+            return spot;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpots() const
+{
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> list;
+    QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        Filter* filter = iter.next();
+        list << filter->hotSpots();
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
+
+TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain()
+: _buffer(0)
+, _linePositions(0)
+{
+}
+
+TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain()
+{
+    delete _buffer;
+    delete _linePositions;
+}
+
+void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties)
+{
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+    if (empty())
+        return;
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+
+    // reset all filters and hotspots
+    reset();
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+
+    PlainTextDecoder decoder;
+    decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false);
+    
+//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+    // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on
+    QString* newBuffer = new QString();
+    QList<int>* newLinePositions = new QList<int>();
+    setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions );
+
+    // free the old buffers
+    delete _buffer;
+    delete _linePositions;
+
+    _buffer = newBuffer;
+    _linePositions = newLinePositions;
+
+    QTextStream lineStream(_buffer);
+    decoder.begin(&lineStream);
+
+    for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++)
+    {
+        _linePositions->append(_buffer->length());
+        decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT);
+
+        // pretend that each line ends with a newline character.
+        // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line
+        // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line
+        //
+        // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not
+        // highlighted.  
+        //
+        // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a
+        // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped
+        // lines
+        if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) )
+        	lineStream << QChar('\n');
+    }
+    decoder.end();
+//    qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__);
+}
+
+Filter::Filter() :
+_linePositions(0),
+_buffer(0)
+{
+}
+
+Filter::~Filter()
+{
+    QListIterator<HotSpot*> iter(_hotspotList);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        delete iter.next();
+    }
+}
+void Filter::reset()
+{
+    _hotspots.clear();
+    _hotspotList.clear();
+}
+
+void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions)
+{
+    _buffer = buffer;
+    _linePositions = linePositions;
+}
+
+void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _linePositions );
+    Q_ASSERT( _buffer );
+
+
+    for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++)
+    {
+        //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i];
+        int nextLine = 0;
+
+        if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 )
+        {
+            nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1);
+        }
+
+       // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << 
+       //     " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length();
+
+        if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) 
+        {
+            startLine = i;
+            startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+    
+
+/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text)
+{
+    _linePositions << _buffer.length();
+    _buffer.append(text);
+}*/
+
+const QString* Filter::buffer()
+{
+    return _buffer;
+}
+Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot()
+{
+}
+void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot)
+{
+    _hotspotList << spot;
+
+    for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++)
+    {
+        _hotspots.insert(line,spot);
+    }    
+}
+QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpots() const
+{
+    return _hotspotList;
+}
+QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const
+{
+    return _hotspots.values(line);
+}
+
+Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const
+{
+    QListIterator<HotSpot*> spotIter(_hotspots.values(line));
+
+    while (spotIter.hasNext())
+    {
+        HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next();
+        
+        if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column )
+            continue;
+        if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column )
+            continue;
+       
+        return spot;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn)
+    : _startLine(startLine)
+    , _startColumn(startColumn)
+    , _endLine(endLine)
+    , _endColumn(endColumn)
+    , _type(NotSpecified)
+{
+}
+QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const
+{
+    return QString();
+}
+QList<QAction*> Filter::HotSpot::actions()
+{
+    return QList<QAction*>();
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const
+{
+    return _startLine;
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const
+{
+    return _endLine;
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const
+{
+    return _startColumn;
+}
+int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const
+{
+    return _endColumn;
+}
+Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const
+{
+    return _type;
+}
+void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type)
+{
+    _type = type;
+}
+
+RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter()
+{
+}
+
+RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn)
+    : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn)
+{
+    setType(Marker);
+}
+
+void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*)
+{
+}
+
+void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts)
+{
+    _capturedTexts = texts;
+}
+QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const
+{
+    return _capturedTexts;
+}
+
+void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) 
+{
+    _searchText = regExp;
+}
+QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const
+{
+    return _searchText;
+}
+/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int)
+{
+    _buffer = QString();
+}*/
+void RegExpFilter::process()
+{
+    int pos = 0;
+    const QString* text = buffer();
+
+    Q_ASSERT( text );
+
+    // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string.
+    // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely
+    static const QString emptyString("");
+    if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) )
+        return;
+
+    while(pos >= 0)
+    {
+        pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos);
+
+        if ( pos >= 0 )
+        {
+
+            int startLine = 0;
+            int endLine = 0;
+            int startColumn = 0;
+            int endColumn = 0;
+
+            
+            //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength();
+            
+            getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn);
+            getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn);
+
+            //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn;
+            //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn;
+
+            RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
+                                           endLine,endColumn);
+            spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts());
+
+            addHotSpot( spot );  
+            pos += _searchText.matchedLength();
+
+            // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop
+            Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 );
+        }
+    }    
+}
+
+RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,
+                                                int endLine,int endColumn)
+{
+    return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
+                                                  endLine,endColumn);
+}
+RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,
+                                                    int endColumn)
+{
+    return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,
+                                               endLine,endColumn);
+}
+UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn)
+: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn)
+, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this))
+{
+    setType(Link);
+}
+QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const
+{
+    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
+
+    const UrlType kind = urlType();
+
+    if ( kind == StandardUrl )
+        return QString(); 
+    else if ( kind == Email )
+        return QString(); 
+    else
+        return QString();
+}
+UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const
+{
+    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
+    
+    if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) )
+        return StandardUrl;
+    else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) )
+        return Email;
+    else
+        return Unknown;
+}
+
+void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object)
+{
+    QString url = capturedTexts().first();
+
+    const UrlType kind = urlType();
+
+    const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString();
+
+    if ( actionName == "copy-action" )
+    {
+        //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url;
+
+        QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" )
+    {
+        if ( kind == StandardUrl )
+        {
+            // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then
+            // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" )
+            if (!url.contains("://"))
+            {
+                url.prepend("http://");
+            }
+        } 
+        else if ( kind == Email )
+        {
+            url.prepend("mailto:");
+        }
+    
+//        new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow());
+    }
+}
+
+// Note:  Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters 
+// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long
+// pieces of text.
+// Please be careful when altering them.
+
+//regexp matches:
+// full url:  
+// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot
+const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]");
+// email address:
+// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars]
+const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b");
+
+// matches full url or email address
+const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+
+                                            EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')');
+
+UrlFilter::UrlFilter()
+{
+    setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp );
+}
+UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot()
+{
+    delete _urlObject;
+}
+void FilterObject::activated()
+{
+    _filter->activate(sender());
+}
+QList<QAction*> UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions()
+{
+    QList<QAction*> list;
+
+    const UrlType kind = urlType();
+
+    QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject);
+    QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);;
+
+    Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email );
+
+    if ( kind == StandardUrl )
+    {
+        openAction->setText(("Open Link"));
+        copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address"));
+    }
+    else if ( kind == Email )
+    {
+        openAction->setText(("Send Email To..."));
+        copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address"));
+    }
+
+    // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the
+    // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered
+    // action passed as a parameter.
+    openAction->setObjectName("open-action");
+    copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action");
+
+    QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) );
+    QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) );
+
+    list << openAction;
+    list << copyAction;
+
+    return list; 
+}
+
+//#include "moc_Filter.cpp"

libs/qtermwidget/Filter.h

@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef FILTER_H
+#define FILTER_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QAction>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QRegExp>
+
+// Local
+#include "Character.h"
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/**
+ * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list)
+ * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'.
+ *
+ * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
+ * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
+ * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
+ * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
+ *
+ * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
+ * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
+ * actions() method.
+ *
+ * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot.
+ * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest.
+ * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest
+ * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot()
+ */
+class Filter
+{
+public:
+    /**
+    * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for.
+    *
+    * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ),
+    * and an action.  When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact
+    * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's
+    * activate() method should be called.  Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response.
+    *
+    * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser.
+    * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the 
+    * actions() method.  These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. 
+    */
+    class HotSpot
+    {
+    public:
+       /** 
+        * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn)
+        * in a block of text.
+        */
+       HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn);
+       virtual ~HotSpot();
+
+       enum Type
+       {
+            // the type of the hotspot is not specified
+            NotSpecified,
+            // this hotspot represents a clickable link
+            Link,
+            // this hotspot represents a marker
+            Marker
+       }; 
+
+       /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */
+       int startLine() const;
+       /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */
+       int endLine() const;
+       /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */
+       int startColumn() const;
+       /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */
+       int endColumn() const;
+       /** 
+        * Returns the type of the hotspot.  This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent
+        * the hotspot graphically.  eg.  Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them
+        */
+       Type type() const;
+       /** 
+        * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. 
+        *
+        * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered.  This is
+        * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or
+        * one of the objects from the actions() list.  In which case the associated
+        * action should be performed. 
+        */
+       virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; 
+       /** 
+        * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a 
+        * menu or toolbar 
+        */
+       virtual QList<QAction*> actions();
+
+       /** 
+        * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or
+        * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot.
+        *
+        * The default implementation returns an empty string. 
+        */
+       virtual QString tooltip() const;
+
+    protected:
+       /** Sets the type of a hotspot.  This should only be set once */
+       void setType(Type type);
+
+    private:
+       int    _startLine;
+       int    _startColumn;
+       int    _endLine;
+       int    _endColumn;
+       Type _type;
+    
+    };
+
+    /** Constructs a new filter. */
+    Filter();
+    virtual ~Filter();
+
+    /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */
+    virtual void process() = 0;
+
+    /** 
+     * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0.
+     * All hotspots are deleted. 
+     */
+    void reset();
+
+    /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */
+    //void addLine(const QString& string);
+
+    /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */
+    HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const;
+
+    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */
+    QList<HotSpot*> hotSpots() const;
+
+    /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */
+    QList<HotSpot*> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * TODO: Document me
+     */
+    void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions);
+
+protected:
+    /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */
+    void addHotSpot(HotSpot*);
+    /** Returns the internal buffer */
+    const QString* buffer();
+    /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */
+    void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn);
+
+private:
+    QMultiHash<int,HotSpot*> _hotspots;
+    QList<HotSpot*> _hotspotList;
+    
+    const QList<int>* _linePositions;
+    const QString* _buffer;
+};
+
+/** 
+ * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
+ * instance for them.
+ *
+ * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression
+ * are found. 
+ */
+class RegExpFilter : public Filter
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter.  The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text
+     * matched by the filter's regular expression.
+     */
+    class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot
+    {
+    public:
+        HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn);
+        virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0);
+
+        /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */
+        void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts);
+        /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */
+        QStringList capturedTexts() const;
+    private:
+        QStringList _capturedTexts;
+    };
+
+    /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */
+    RegExpFilter();
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. 
+     *
+     * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching
+     * anything. 
+     */
+    void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text);
+    /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */
+    QRegExp regExp() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() 
+     *
+     * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately
+     * without finding results. 
+     */
+    virtual void process();
+
+protected:
+    /** 
+     * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered.  Subclasses should reimplement this
+     * to return custom hotspot types
+     */
+    virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,
+                                    int endLine,int endColumn);
+
+private:
+    QRegExp _searchText;
+};
+
+class FilterObject;
+
+/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */
+class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter 
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances.  The activate() method opens a web browser 
+     * at the given URL when called.
+     */
+    class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot 
+    {
+    public:
+        HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn);
+        virtual ~HotSpot();
+
+        virtual QList<QAction*> actions();
+
+        /** 
+         * Open a web browser at the current URL.  The url itself can be determined using
+         * the capturedTexts() method.
+         */
+        virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0);
+
+        virtual QString tooltip() const;
+    private:
+        enum UrlType
+        {
+            StandardUrl,
+            Email,
+            Unknown
+        };
+        UrlType urlType() const;
+
+        FilterObject* _urlObject;
+    };
+
+    UrlFilter();
+
+protected:
+    virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int);
+
+private:
+    
+    static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp;
+    static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp;
+
+    // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp
+    static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; 
+};
+
+class FilterObject : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {}
+private slots:
+    void activated();
+private:
+    Filter::HotSpot* _filter;
+};
+
+/** 
+ * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. 
+ * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed.
+ *
+ * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain.  
+ * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional
+ * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use
+ * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text.
+ *
+ * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's
+ * internal cursor back to the first line.
+ *
+ * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position.
+ *
+ * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on
+ * a given line respectively.
+ */
+class FilterChain : protected QList<Filter*>
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~FilterChain();
+
+    /** Adds a new filter to the chain.  The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */
+    void addFilter(Filter* filter);
+    /** Removes a filter from the chain.  The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */
+    void removeFilter(Filter* filter);
+    /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */
+    bool containsFilter(Filter* filter);
+    /** Removes all filters from the chain */
+    void clear();
+
+    /** Resets each filter in the chain */
+    void reset();
+    /**
+     * Processes each filter in the chain 
+     */
+    void process();
+
+    /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */
+    void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); 
+
+    /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */
+    Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const;
+    /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot*> hotSpots() const;
+    /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */
+    QList<Filter::HotSpot> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const;
+
+};
+
+/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */
+class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain
+{
+public:
+    TerminalImageFilterChain();
+    virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain();
+
+    /**
+     * Set the current terminal image to @p image.
+     *
+     * @param image The terminal image
+     * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image
+     * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image
+     */
+    void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns,
+				  const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties);  
+
+private:
+    QString* _buffer;
+    QList<int>* _linePositions;
+};
+
+}
+#endif //FILTER_H

libs/qtermwidget/History.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,698 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "History.h"
+
+// System
+#include <iostream>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+
+// Reasonable line size
+#define LINE_SIZE	1024
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+/*
+   An arbitrary long scroll.
+
+   One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells
+   or newlines, but access it randomly.
+
+   The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll
+   in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is
+   a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted.
+
+   The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers
+   of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll
+   at constant costs.
+
+KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile?
+
+FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the
+       memory of their machines. This problem is critical
+       since the history does not behave gracefully in cases
+       where the memory is used up completely.
+
+       I put in a workaround that should handle it problem
+       now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution.
+
+FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated
+       in the menu. We should throw a signal.
+
+FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps,
+       there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore.
+       Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented
+       scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity.
+*/
+
+//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile
+//       this is here one for debugging purpose.
+
+//#define tmpfile xTmpFile
+
+// History File ///////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*
+  A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end.
+*/
+
+HistoryFile::HistoryFile()
+  : ion(-1),
+    length(0),
+	fileMap(0)
+{
+  if (tmpFile.open())
+  { 
+    tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true);
+    ion = tmpFile.handle();
+  }
+}
+
+HistoryFile::~HistoryFile()
+{
+	if (fileMap)
+		unmap();
+}
+
+//TODO:  Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large,
+//(ie. larger than available memory).  HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time,
+//to avoid this.
+void HistoryFile::map()
+{
+	assert( fileMap == 0 );
+
+	fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 );
+
+    //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination
+    if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED )
+    {
+            readWriteBalance = 0; 
+            fileMap = 0;
+            qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed.  errno = " << errno;
+    }
+}
+
+void HistoryFile::unmap()
+{
+	int result = munmap( fileMap , length );
+	assert( result == 0 );
+
+	fileMap = 0;
+}
+
+bool HistoryFile::isMapped()
+{
+	return (fileMap != 0);
+}
+
+void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len)
+{
+  if ( fileMap )
+		  unmap();
+		
+  readWriteBalance++;
+
+  int rc = 0;
+
+  rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; }
+  rc = write(ion,bytes,len);       if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; }
+  length += rc;
+}
+
+void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc)
+{
+  //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls.  
+  //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() 
+  //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log
+  //file to improve performance.
+  readWriteBalance--;
+  if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD )
+		  map();
+
+  if ( fileMap )
+  {
+	for (int i=0;i<len;i++)
+			bytes[i]=fileMap[loc+i];
+  }
+  else
+  {	
+  	int rc = 0;
+
+  	if (loc < 0 || len < 0 || loc + len > length)
+    	fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc);
+  	rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; }
+  	rc = read(ion,bytes,len);     if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; }
+  }
+}
+
+int HistoryFile::len()
+{
+  return length;
+}
+
+
+// History Scroll abstract base class //////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t)
+  : m_histType(t)
+{
+}
+
+HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll()
+{
+  delete m_histType;
+}
+
+bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll()
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+// History Scroll File //////////////////////////////////////
+
+/* 
+   The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from
+   two history buffers. The index buffer contains
+   start of line positions which refere to the cells
+   buffer.
+
+   Note that index[0] addresses the second line
+   (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts
+   at 0 in cells.
+*/
+
+HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName)
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)),
+  m_logFileName(logFileName)
+{
+}
+
+HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile()
+{
+}
+ 
+int HistoryScrollFile::getLines()
+{
+  return index.len() / sizeof(int);
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno)
+{
+  return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character);
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno)
+{
+  if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) {
+    unsigned char flag;
+    lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char));
+    return flag;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno)
+{
+  if (lineno <= 0) return 0;
+  if (lineno <= getLines())
+    { 
+	
+	if (!index.isMapped())
+			index.map();
+	
+	int res;
+    index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int));
+    return res;
+    }
+  return cells.len();
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[])
+{
+  cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count)
+{
+  cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped)
+{
+  if (index.isMapped())
+		  index.unmap();
+
+  int locn = cells.len();
+  index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int));
+  unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00;
+  lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char));
+}
+
+
+// History Scroll Buffer //////////////////////////////////////
+HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount)
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount))
+   ,_historyBuffer()
+   ,_maxLineCount(0)
+   ,_usedLines(0)
+   ,_head(0)
+{
+  setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount);
+}
+
+HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer()
+{
+    delete[] _historyBuffer;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells)
+{
+    _head++;
+    if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount )
+        _usedLines++;
+
+    if ( _head >= _maxLineCount )
+    {
+        _head = 0;
+    }
+
+    _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells;
+    _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false;
+}
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count)
+{
+  HistoryLine newLine(count);
+  qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin());
+
+  addCellsVector(newLine);
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped)
+{
+    _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped;
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines()
+{
+    return _usedLines;
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+
+  if ( lineNumber < _usedLines )
+  {
+    return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber)
+{
+  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+    
+  if (lineNumber < _usedLines)
+  {
+    //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
+    return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
+  }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer)
+{
+  if ( count == 0 ) return;
+
+  Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+
+  if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) 
+  {
+    memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character));
+    return;
+  }
+  
+  const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)];
+
+  //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn;
+  //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size();
+  //kDebug() << "count " << count;
+
+  Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count );
+    
+  memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount)
+{
+    HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer;
+    HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount];
+    
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ )
+    {
+        newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)];
+    }
+    
+    _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount);
+    _maxLineCount = lineCount;
+    _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1;
+
+    _historyBuffer = newBuffer;
+    delete[] oldBuffer;
+
+    _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount);
+}
+
+int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 );
+    Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount );
+    Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head );
+
+    if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount )
+    {
+        return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount;
+    }
+    else
+    {   
+        return lineNumber;
+    }
+}
+
+
+// History Scroll None //////////////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone()
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone())
+{
+}
+
+HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone()
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll()
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollNone::getLines()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/)
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character [])
+{
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int)
+{
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool)
+{
+}
+
+// History Scroll BlockArray //////////////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size)
+  : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size))
+{
+  m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines.
+}
+
+HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray()
+{
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines()
+{
+  return m_lineLengths.count();
+}
+
+int  HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno)
+{
+    if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) )
+        return m_lineLengths[lineno];
+    else
+        return 0;
+}
+
+bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/)
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno,
+                                       int count, Character res[])
+{
+  if (!count) return;
+
+  const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno);
+
+  if (!b) {
+    memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data
+    return;
+  }
+
+  assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES);
+  memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character));
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count)
+{
+  Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock();
+  
+  if (!b) return;
+
+  // put cells in block's data
+  assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES);
+
+  memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES);
+
+  memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character));
+  b->size = count * sizeof(Character);
+
+  size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock();
+  assert (res > 0);
+  Q_UNUSED( res );
+
+  m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count);
+}
+
+void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool)
+{
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// History Types
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryType::HistoryType()
+{
+}
+
+HistoryType::~HistoryType()
+{
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone()
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  delete old;
+  return new HistoryScrollNone();
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size)
+  : m_size(size)
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return m_size;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  delete old;
+  return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size);
+}
+
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines)
+  : m_nbLines(nbLines)
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return m_nbLines;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  if (old)
+  {
+    HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast<HistoryScrollBuffer*>(old);
+    if (oldBuffer)
+    {
+       oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines);
+       return oldBuffer;
+    }
+
+    HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines);
+    int lines = old->getLines();
+    int startLine = 0;
+    if (lines > (int) m_nbLines)
+       startLine = lines - m_nbLines;
+
+    Character line[LINE_SIZE];
+    for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++)
+    {
+       int size = old->getLineLen(i);
+       if (size > LINE_SIZE)
+       {
+          Character *tmp_line = new Character[size];
+          old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line);
+          newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size);
+          newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+          delete [] tmp_line;
+       }
+       else
+       {
+          old->getCells(i, 0, size, line);
+          newScroll->addCells(line, size);
+          newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+       }
+    }
+    delete old;
+    return newScroll;
+  }
+  return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines);
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////
+
+HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName)
+  : m_fileName(fileName)
+{
+}
+
+bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const
+{
+  return m_fileName;
+}
+
+HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const
+{
+  if (dynamic_cast<HistoryFile *>(old)) 
+     return old; // Unchanged.
+
+  HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName);
+
+  Character line[LINE_SIZE];
+  int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0;
+  for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
+  {
+     int size = old->getLineLen(i);
+     if (size > LINE_SIZE)
+     {
+        Character *tmp_line = new Character[size];
+        old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line);
+        newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size);
+        newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+        delete [] tmp_line;
+     }
+     else
+     {
+        old->getCells(i, 0, size, line);
+        newScroll->addCells(line, size);
+        newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i));
+     }
+  }
+
+  delete old;
+  return newScroll; 
+}
+
+int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const
+{
+  return 0;
+}

libs/qtermwidget/History.h

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef TEHISTORY_H
+#define TEHISTORY_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QBitRef>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "BlockArray.h"
+#include "Character.h"
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+#if 1
+/*
+   An extendable tmpfile(1) based buffer.
+*/
+
+class HistoryFile
+{
+public:
+  HistoryFile();
+  virtual ~HistoryFile();
+
+  virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len);
+  virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc);
+  virtual int  len();
+
+  //mmaps the file in read-only mode
+  void map();
+  //un-mmaps the file
+  void unmap();
+  //returns true if the file is mmap'ed
+  bool isMapped();
+
+
+private:
+  int  ion;
+  int  length;
+  QTemporaryFile tmpFile;
+
+  //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed
+  char* fileMap;
+ 
+  //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever
+  //'get' is called.
+  //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history
+  //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls).
+  int readWriteBalance;
+
+  //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically
+  static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000;
+};
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryType;
+
+class HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScroll(HistoryType*);
+ virtual ~HistoryScroll();
+
+  virtual bool hasScroll();
+
+  // access to history
+  virtual int  getLines() = 0;
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno) = 0;
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0;
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0;
+
+  // backward compatibility (obsolete)
+  Character   getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; }
+
+  // adding lines.
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0;
+  // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage
+  // of QVector's implicit copying
+  virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells)
+  {
+    addCells(cells.data(),cells.size());
+  }
+
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0;
+
+  //
+  // FIXME:  Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances
+  // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer
+  // be valid if the history scroll is deleted.
+  //
+  const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; }
+
+protected:
+  HistoryType* m_histType;
+
+};
+
+#if 1
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName);
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollFile();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+private:
+  int startOfLine(int lineno);
+
+  QString m_logFileName;
+  HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int)
+  HistoryFile cells; // text  Row(Character)
+  HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char)
+};
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  typedef QVector<Character> HistoryLine;
+
+  HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000);
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+  void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines);
+  unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; }
+  
+
+private:
+  int bufferIndex(int lineNumber);
+
+  HistoryLine* _historyBuffer;
+  QBitArray _wrappedLine;
+  int _maxLineCount;
+  int _usedLines;  
+  int _head;
+  
+  //QVector<histline*> m_histBuffer;
+  //QBitArray m_wrappedLine;
+  //unsigned int m_maxNbLines;
+  //unsigned int m_nbLines;
+  //unsigned int m_arrayIndex;
+  //bool         m_buffFilled;
+};
+
+/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addCells(const QVector<Character>& cells);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+};*/
+
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Nothing-based history (no history :-)
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScrollNone();
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollNone();
+
+  virtual bool hasScroll();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// BlockArray-based history
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll
+{
+public:
+  HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size);
+  virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray();
+
+  virtual int  getLines();
+  virtual int  getLineLen(int lineno);
+  virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]);
+  virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno);
+
+  virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count);
+  virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false);
+
+protected:
+  BlockArray m_blockArray;
+  QHash<int,size_t> m_lineLengths;
+};
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// History type
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryType();
+  virtual ~HistoryType();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output )
+   * or false otherwise. 
+   */
+  virtual bool isEnabled()           const = 0;
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the history size is unlimited.
+   */
+  bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; }
+  /**
+   * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type
+   * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines.
+   */
+  virtual int maximumLineCount()    const = 0;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0;
+};
+
+class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeNone();
+
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+};
+
+class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size);
+  
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+
+protected:
+  size_t m_size;
+};
+
+#if 1 
+class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString());
+
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual const QString& getFileName() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+
+protected:
+  QString m_fileName;
+};
+
+
+class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType
+{
+public:
+  HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines);
+  
+  virtual bool isEnabled() const;
+  virtual int maximumLineCount() const;
+
+  virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const;
+
+protected:
+  unsigned int m_nbLines;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+#endif // TEHISTORY_H

libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,903 @@
+/*
+    This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "KeyboardTranslator.h"
+
+// System
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QBuffer>
+//#include <KDebug>
+#include <QtCore/QFile>
+#include <QtCore/QFileInfo>
+#include <QtCore>
+#include <QtGui>
+
+// KDE
+//#include <KDebug>
+//#include <KLocale>
+//#include <KStandardDirs>
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+//this is for default REALLY fallback translator.
+
+//const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText =
+//#include "DefaultTranslatorText.h"
+//;
+
+//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole
+const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = 
+#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h"
+;
+
+KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager()
+    : _haveLoadedAll(false)
+{
+}
+KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager()
+{
+    qDeleteAll(_translators.values());
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name)
+{
+    return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab");
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators()
+{
+    QDir dir("kb-layouts/");
+    QStringList filters;
+    filters << "*.keytab";
+    dir.setNameFilters(filters);
+    QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data",
+                        //                                 "konsole/*.keytab",
+                        //                                 KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates);
+    list = dir.entryList(filters);
+    // add the name of each translator to the list and associated
+    // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator
+    // has not yet been loaded from disk
+    QStringListIterator listIter(list);
+    while (listIter.hasNext())
+    {
+        QString translatorPath = listIter.next();
+
+        QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName();
+       
+        if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) {
+            _translators.insert(name,0);
+	}
+    }
+    _haveLoadedAll = true;
+}
+
+const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name)
+{
+    if ( name.isEmpty() )
+        return defaultTranslator();
+
+//here was smth wrong in original Konsole source 
+    findTranslators();
+
+    if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) {
+        return _translators[name];
+    }
+
+    KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name);
+
+    if ( translator != 0 )
+        _translators[name] = translator;
+    else if ( !name.isEmpty() )
+        qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name;
+
+    return translator;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator)
+{
+    const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name()
+//           +".keytab";
+
+    qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path;
+
+    QFile destination(path);
+    
+    if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text))
+    {
+        qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" 
+                   << destination.errorString();
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    {
+        KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination);
+        writer.writeHeader(translator->description());
+    
+        QListIterator<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> iter(translator->entries());
+        while ( iter.hasNext() )
+            writer.writeEntry(iter.next());
+    }
+
+    destination.close();
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name)
+{
+    const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name);
+
+    QFile source(path); 
+    
+    if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text))
+        return 0;
+
+    return loadTranslator(&source,name);
+}
+
+const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator()
+{
+    qDebug() << "Loading default translator from text";
+    QBuffer textBuffer;
+    textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText));
+
+    if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
+        return 0;
+
+    return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback");
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name)
+{
+    KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name);
+    KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source);
+    translator->setDescription( reader.description() );
+    
+    while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) {
+        translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry());
+    }	
+
+    source->close();
+
+    if ( !reader.parseError() )
+    {
+        return translator;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        delete translator;
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination)
+: _destination(destination)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() );
+
+    _writer = new QTextStream(_destination);
+}
+KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter()
+{
+    delete _writer;
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description )
+{
+    *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n';
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry )
+{
+    QString result;
+
+    if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand )
+        result = entry.resultToString();
+    else
+        result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"';
+
+    *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n';
+}
+
+
+// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of:
+//
+// - keyboard "name"
+// - key KeySequence : "characters"
+// - key KeySequence : CommandName
+//
+// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum )
+// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front
+// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ).  All keyboard modifiers
+// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is 
+// assumed not to be a part of the sequence.  The key sequence may contain whitespace
+//
+// eg:  "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp"
+//      "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~"
+//
+// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have
+// already been removed)
+//
+
+KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source )
+    : _source(source)
+    , _hasNext(false)
+{
+   // read input until we find the description
+   while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() )
+   {
+        const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) );
+   
+        if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword )
+        {
+            _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8());
+        }
+   }
+
+   readNext();
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() 
+{
+    // find next entry
+    while ( !_source->atEnd() )
+    {
+        const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) );
+        if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword )
+        {
+            KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+            KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+            Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier;
+            Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier;
+
+            int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown;
+
+            decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(),
+                           keyCode,
+                           modifiers,
+                           modifierMask,
+                           flags,
+                           flagMask); 
+
+            KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand;
+            QByteArray text;
+
+            // get text or command
+            if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText )
+            {
+                text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit();
+            }
+            else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command )
+            {
+                // identify command
+				if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command))
+					qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood.";
+            }
+
+            KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry;
+            newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode );
+            newEntry.setState( flags );
+            newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask );
+            newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers );
+            newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask );
+            newEntry.setText( text );
+            newEntry.setCommand( command );
+
+            _nextEntry = newEntry;
+
+            _hasNext = true;
+
+            return;
+        }
+    } 
+
+    _hasNext = false;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) 
+{
+	if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+		command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand;
+    else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 )
+        command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand;
+    else
+    	return false;
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text,
+                                              int& keyCode,
+                                              Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers,
+                                              Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask,
+                                              KeyboardTranslator::States& flags,
+                                              KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask)
+{
+    bool isWanted = true; 
+    bool endOfItem = false;
+    QString buffer;
+
+    Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers;
+    Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask;
+    KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags;
+    KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask;
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ )
+    {
+        const QChar& ch = text[i];
+        bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 );
+
+        endOfItem = true;
+        if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() )
+        {
+            endOfItem = false;
+            buffer.append(ch);
+        }
+
+        if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() )
+        {
+            Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier;
+            int itemKeyCode = 0;
+            KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState;
+
+            if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) )
+            {
+                tempModifierMask |= itemModifier;
+
+                if ( isWanted )
+                    tempModifiers |= itemModifier;
+            }
+            else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) )
+            {
+                tempFlagMask |= itemFlag;
+
+                if ( isWanted )
+                    tempFlags |= itemFlag;
+            }
+            else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) )
+                keyCode = itemKeyCode;
+            else
+                qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer;
+
+            buffer.clear();
+        }
+
+        // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the 
+        // state ready for the next item
+        if ( ch == '+' )
+           isWanted = true;
+        else if ( ch == '-' )
+           isWanted = false; 
+    } 
+
+    modifiers = tempModifiers;
+    modifierMask = tempModifierMask;
+    flags = tempFlags;
+    flagMask = tempFlagMask;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier)
+{
+    if ( item == "shift" )
+        modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier;
+    else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" )
+        modifier = Qt::ControlModifier;
+    else if ( item == "alt" )
+        modifier = Qt::AltModifier;
+    else if ( item == "meta" )
+        modifier = Qt::MetaModifier;
+	else if ( item == "keypad" )
+		modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier;
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag)
+{
+    if ( item == "appcukeys" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState;
+    else if ( item == "ansi" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState;
+    else if ( item == "newline" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState;
+    else if ( item == "appscreen" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState;
+    else if ( item == "anymod" )
+        flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState;
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode)
+{
+    QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item);
+    if ( !sequence.isEmpty() )
+    {
+        keyCode = sequence[0];
+
+        if ( sequence.count() > 1 )
+        {
+            qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item;
+        }
+    }
+    // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3
+    else if ( item == "prior" )
+        keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp;
+    else if ( item == "next" )
+        keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown;
+    else
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const
+{
+    return _description;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry()
+{
+    return _hasNext;
+}
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , 
+                                                                 const QString& result )
+{
+    QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey ");
+    entryString.append(condition);
+    entryString.append(" : ");
+
+	// if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command,
+	// otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence
+	// specified by 'condition' is pressed
+	KeyboardTranslator::Command command;
+	if (parseAsCommand(result,command))
+    	entryString.append(result);
+	else
+		entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"');
+
+    QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8();
+
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry;
+
+    QBuffer buffer(&array);
+    buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly);
+    KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer);
+
+    if ( reader.hasNextEntry() )
+        entry = reader.nextEntry();
+
+    return entry;
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() 
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _hasNext );
+
+
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry;
+
+    readNext();
+
+    return entry;
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError()
+{
+    return false;
+}
+QList<KeyboardTranslatorReader::Token> KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line)
+{
+    QString text = line.simplified();
+
+    // comment line: # comment
+    static QRegExp comment("\\#.*");
+    // title line: keyboard "title"
+    static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\"");
+    // key line: key KeySequence : "output"
+    // key line: key KeySequence : command
+    static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)");
+
+    QList<Token> list;
+
+    if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) )
+    {
+        return list;
+    }
+
+    if ( title.exactMatch(text) )
+    {
+        Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() };
+        Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] };
+    
+        list << titleToken << textToken;
+    }
+    else if  ( key.exactMatch(text) )
+    {
+        Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() };
+        Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') };
+
+        list << keyToken << sequenceToken;
+
+        if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() )
+        {
+            // capturedTexts()[2] is a command
+            Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] };
+            list << commandToken;    
+        }   
+        else
+        {
+            // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string
+           Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] };
+           list << outputToken;
+        }     
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text;
+    }
+
+    return list;
+}
+
+QList<QString> KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() 
+{
+    if ( !_haveLoadedAll )
+    {
+        findTranslators();
+    }
+
+    return _translators.keys();
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry()
+: _keyCode(0)
+, _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier)
+, _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier)
+, _state(NoState)
+, _stateMask(NoState)
+, _command(NoCommand)
+{
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const
+{
+    return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode &&
+           _modifiers == rhs._modifiers &&
+           _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask &&
+           _state == rhs._state &&
+           _stateMask == rhs._stateMask &&
+           _command == rhs._command &&
+           _text == rhs._text;
+}
+
+bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , 
+                                        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers,
+                                        States state) const
+{
+    if ( _keyCode != keyCode )
+        return false;
+
+    if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) 
+        return false;
+
+    // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit
+    if ( modifiers != 0 )
+        state |= AnyModifierState;
+
+    if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) )
+        return false;
+
+    // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of 
+    // any or no modifiers.  In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count.
+    bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier;
+    if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState )
+    {
+        // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set
+        if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet )
+           return false;
+
+        // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set
+        if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet )
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const
+{
+    QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers));
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ )
+    {
+        char ch = result[i];
+        char replacement = 0;
+
+        switch ( ch )
+        {
+            case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break;
+            case 8  : replacement = 'b'; break;
+            case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break;
+            case 9  : replacement = 't'; break;
+            case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break;
+            case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break;
+            default:
+                // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent
+                // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits)
+                if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() )
+                    replacement = 'x';
+        }
+
+        if ( replacement == 'x' )
+        {
+            result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); 
+        } else if ( replacement != 0 )
+        {
+            result.remove(i,1);
+            result.insert(i,'\\');
+            result.insert(i+1,replacement);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const
+{
+    QByteArray result(input);
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ )
+    {
+
+        QByteRef ch = result[i];
+        if ( ch == '\\' )
+        {
+           char replacement[2] = {0,0};
+           int charsToRemove = 2;
+		   bool escapedChar = true;
+
+           switch ( result[i+1] )
+           {
+              case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break;
+              case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break;
+              case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break;
+              case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break;
+              case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break;
+              case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break;
+              case 'x' :
+			  {
+                    // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal
+                    // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced
+                    // with the corresponding character value
+                    char hexDigits[3] = {0};
+
+                    if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) )
+                            hexDigits[0] = result[i+2];
+                    if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) )
+                            hexDigits[1] = result[i+3];
+
+                    int charValue = 0;
+                    sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue);
+                    
+                    replacement[0] = (char)charValue; 
+
+                    charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits);
+			  }
+              break;
+			  default:
+			  		escapedChar = false;
+           }
+
+           if ( escapedChar )
+               result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement);
+        }
+    }
+    
+    return result;
+}
+
+void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const
+{
+    if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( modifier & _modifiers )
+        item += '+';
+    else
+        item += '-';
+
+    if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier )
+        item += "Shift";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier )
+        item += "Ctrl";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier )
+        item += "Alt";
+    else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier )
+        item += "Meta";
+	else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier )
+		item += "KeyPad";
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const
+{
+    if ( !(state & _stateMask) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( state & _state )
+        item += '+' ;
+    else
+        item += '-' ;
+
+    if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState )
+        item += "AppScreen";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState )
+        item += "NewLine";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState )
+        item += "Ansi";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState )
+        item += "AppCuKeys";
+    else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState )
+        item += "AnyMod";
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const
+{
+    if ( !_text.isEmpty() )
+        return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers);
+	else if ( _command == EraseCommand )
+		return "Erase";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand )
+        return "ScrollPageUp";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand )
+        return "ScrollPageDown";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand )
+        return "ScrollLineUp";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand )
+        return "ScrollLineDown";
+    else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand )
+        return "ScrollLock";
+
+    return QString();
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const
+{
+    QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString();
+
+    // add modifiers
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier );
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier );
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier );
+    insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); 
+
+    // add states
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState );
+    insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState );
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name)
+: _name(name)
+{
+}
+
+void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) 
+{
+    _description = description;
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const
+{
+    return _description;
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name)
+{
+    _name = name;
+}
+QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const
+{
+    return _name;
+}
+
+QList<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> KeyboardTranslator::entries() const
+{
+    return _entries.values();
+}
+
+void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry)
+{
+    const int keyCode = entry.keyCode();
+    _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry);
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement)
+{
+    if ( !existing.isNull() )
+        _entries.remove(existing.keyCode());
+    _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement);
+}
+void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry)
+{
+    _entries.remove(entry.keyCode());
+}
+KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const
+{
+    if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) )
+    {
+        QList<Entry> entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode);
+        
+        QListIterator<Entry> iter(entriesForKey);
+
+        while (iter.hasNext())
+        {
+            const Entry& next = iter.next();
+            if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) )
+                return next;
+        }
+
+        return Entry(); // entry not found
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        return Entry();
+    }
+    
+}
+void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator)
+{
+    _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator);
+
+    if ( !saveTranslator(translator) )
+        qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name()
+                   << "to disk.";
+}
+bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) );
+
+    // locate and delete
+    QString path = findTranslatorPath(name);
+    if ( QFile::remove(path) )
+    {
+        _translators.remove(name);
+        return true; 
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path;
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager )
+KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()
+{
+    return theKeyboardTranslatorManager;
+}

libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h

@@ -0,0 +1,657 @@
+/*
+    This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
+#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtGui/QKeySequence>
+#include <QtCore/QMetaType>
+#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)();
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ *
+ * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application
+ * shutdown.
+ */
+class CleanUpGlobalStatic
+{
+    public:
+        CleanUpFunction func;
+
+        inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); }
+};
+
+
+//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore
+
+# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME)
+
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400
+# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER     Q_ATOMIC_INIT
+# define testAndSetOrdered              testAndSet
+#endif
+
+#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ())
+
+#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS)                            \
+static QBasicAtomicPointer<TYPE > _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \
+static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed;                                      \
+static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME)                                \
+{                                                                              \
+    bool isDestroyed()                                                         \
+    {                                                                          \
+        return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed;                                   \
+    }                                                                          \
+    inline operator TYPE*()                                                    \
+    {                                                                          \
+        return operator->();                                                   \
+    }                                                                          \
+    inline TYPE *operator->()                                                  \
+    {                                                                          \
+        if (!_k_static_##NAME) {                                               \
+            if (isDestroyed()) {                                               \
+            qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \
+             "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__);		\
+	     }                                                                  \
+	     TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS;                                           \
+	     if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x)                      \
+	         && _k_static_##NAME != x ) {                                   \
+	         delete x;                                                      \
+	     } else { 								\
+		static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy };	\
+	     }   								\
+	 }                                                                      \
+         return _k_static_##NAME;                                               \
+    }            								\
+    inline TYPE &operator*()                                                   \
+    {                                                                          \
+        return *operator->();                                                  \
+    }                                                                          \
+    static void destroy()                                                      \
+    {                                                                          \
+        _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true;                                   \
+        TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME;                                            \
+        _k_static_##NAME = 0;                                                  \
+        delete x;                                                              \
+    }                                                                          \
+} NAME;
+								
+								
+
+
+
+class QIODevice;
+class QTextStream;
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/** 
+ * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the
+ * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands
+ * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed.
+ *
+ * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to
+ * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal
+ * when particular key sequences are pressed.
+ *
+ * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers
+ * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state
+ * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply.
+ */
+class KeyboardTranslator
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which
+     * the terminal emulation is in.  Therefore findEntry() may return a different
+     * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied.
+     *
+     * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular
+     * entry in the keyboard translation entry.
+     */
+    enum State
+    {
+        /** Indicates that no special state is active */
+        NoState = 0,
+        /**
+         * TODO More documentation
+         */
+        NewLineState = 1,
+        /** 
+         * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode.
+         * TODO: More documentation
+         */
+        AnsiState = 2,
+        /**
+         * TODO More documentation
+         */
+        CursorKeysState = 4,
+        /**
+         * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs
+         * such as screen or vim ) is active 
+         */
+        AlternateScreenState = 8,
+        /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ 
+        AnyModifierState = 16
+    };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State)
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences.
+     */
+    enum Command
+    {
+        /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */
+        NoCommand = 0,
+        /** TODO Document me */
+        SendCommand = 1,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */
+        ScrollPageUpCommand = 2,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */
+        ScrollPageDownCommand = 4,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */
+        ScrollLineUpCommand = 8,
+        /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */
+        ScrollLineDownCommand = 16,
+        /** Toggles scroll lock mode */
+        ScrollLockCommand = 32,
+		/** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */
+		EraseCommand = 64
+    };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command)
+
+    /**
+     * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user
+     * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular
+     * KeyboardTranslator.
+     */
+    class Entry
+    {
+    public:
+        /** 
+         * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator.
+         */
+        Entry();
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns true if this entry is null.
+         * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. 
+         */
+        bool isNull() const;
+
+        /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */
+        Command command() const;
+        /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */
+        void setCommand(Command command);
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing 
+         * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed.
+         *
+         * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code.
+         * Document them. 
+         *
+         * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in
+         * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. 
+         *
+         * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed.
+         */
+        QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false,
+                        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
+
+        /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */
+        void setText(const QByteArray& text);
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry,
+         * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences.
+         *
+         * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line.
+         *
+         * @param expandWildCards See text()
+         * @param modifiers See text()
+         */
+        QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false,
+                               Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
+
+        /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */
+        int keyCode() const;
+        /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */
+        void setKeyCode(int keyCode);
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. 
+         * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry
+         * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed.
+         *
+         * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier
+         * is pressed or not. 
+         */
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const;
+
+        /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry.  See modifiers() */
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const;
+
+        /** See modifiers() */
+        void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers );
+        /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */
+        void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers );
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. 
+         * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only 
+         * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state.
+         *
+         * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal
+         * is in that state or not. 
+         */
+        States state() const;
+
+        /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry.  See state() */
+        States stateMask() const;
+
+        /** See state() */
+        void setState( States state );
+        /** See stateMask() */
+        void setStateMask( States mask );
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry 
+         * as a QKeySequence
+         */
+        //QKeySequence keySequence() const;
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria )
+         * as a string.
+         */
+        QString conditionToString() const;
+
+        /**
+         * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence )
+         * as a string.
+         *
+         * @param expandWildCards See text()
+         * @param modifiers See text()
+         */
+        QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false,
+                               Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const;
+
+        /** 
+         * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified
+         * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state.
+         */
+        bool matches( int keyCode , 
+                      Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , 
+                      States flags ) const;
+
+        bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const;
+       
+    private:
+        void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const;
+        void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const;
+        QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const;
+
+        int _keyCode;
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers;
+        Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask;
+        States _state;
+        States _stateMask;
+
+        Command _command;
+        QByteArray _text;
+    };
+
+    /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */
+    KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name);
+   
+    //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other);
+
+    /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */
+    QString name() const;
+
+    /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */
+    void setName(const QString& name);
+
+    /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */
+    QString description() const;
+
+    /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */
+    void setDescription(const QString& description);
+
+    /**
+     * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given
+     * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags.
+     * 
+     * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie.
+     * entry.isNull() will return true )
+     *
+     * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum
+     * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers
+     * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal
+     */
+    Entry findEntry(int keyCode , 
+                    Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , 
+                    States state = NoState) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table.  Entries can be looked up according
+     * to their key sequence using findEntry()
+     */
+    void addEntry(const Entry& entry);
+
+    /**
+     * Replaces an entry in the translator.  If the @p existing entry is null,
+     * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement)
+     */
+    void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement);
+
+    /**
+     * Removes an entry from the table.
+     */
+    void removeEntry(const Entry& entry);
+
+    /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */
+    QList<Entry> entries() const;
+
+private:
+
+    QHash<int,Entry> _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation,
+                                                 // entries are indexed according to
+                                                 // their keycode
+    QString _name;
+    QString _description;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States)
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands)
+
+/** 
+ * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and 
+ * returns the entries found in it.
+ *
+ * Usage example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ *  QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" );
+ *  source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly );
+ *
+ *  KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" );
+ *
+ *  KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source);
+ *  while ( reader.hasNextEntry() )
+ *      translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry());
+ *
+ *  source.close();
+ *
+ *  if ( !reader.parseError() )
+ *  {
+ *      // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator
+ *  } 
+ *  else
+ *  {
+ *      // parsing failed
+ *  }
+ * @endcode
+ */
+class KeyboardTranslatorReader
+{
+public:
+    /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */
+    KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source );
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the description text. 
+     * TODO: More documentation 
+     */
+    QString description() const;
+
+    /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */
+    bool hasNextEntry();
+    /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); 
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or
+     * false if no error occurred.
+     */
+    bool parseError();
+
+    /**
+     * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry
+     * and produces a keyboard translator entry.
+     *
+     * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in  
+     */
+    static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition ,
+                                                  const QString& result );
+private:
+    struct Token
+    {
+        enum Type
+        {
+            TitleKeyword,
+            TitleText,
+            KeyKeyword,
+            KeySequence,
+            Command,
+            OutputText
+        };
+        Type type;
+        QString text;
+    };
+    QList<Token> tokenize(const QString&);
+    void readNext();
+    bool decodeSequence(const QString& , 
+                                int& keyCode,
+                                Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers,
+                                Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask,
+                                KeyboardTranslator::States& state,
+                                KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags);
+
+    static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier);
+    static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state);
+    static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode);
+   	static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command);
+
+    QIODevice* _source;
+    QString _description;
+    KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry;
+    bool _hasNext;
+};
+
+/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */
+class KeyboardTranslatorWriter
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination.
+     * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete.
+     */
+    KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination);
+    ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter();
+
+    /** 
+     * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. 
+     * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. 
+     */
+    void writeHeader( const QString& description );
+    /** Writes a translator entry. */
+    void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); 
+
+private:
+    QIODevice* _destination;  
+    QTextStream* _writer;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions,
+ * see KeyboardTranslator.
+ */
+class KeyboardTranslatorManager
+{
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of
+     * available keyboard translations.
+     *
+     * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are
+     * first requested via a call to findTranslator()
+     */
+    KeyboardTranslatorManager();
+    ~KeyboardTranslatorManager();
+
+    /**
+     * Adds a new translator.  If a translator with the same name 
+     * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator.
+     *
+     * TODO: More documentation.
+     */
+    void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator);
+
+    /**
+     * Deletes a translator.  Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise.
+     *
+     * TODO: More documentation
+     */
+    bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name);
+
+    /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */
+    const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator();
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator
+     * with that name exists.
+     *
+     * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested,
+     * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed.  
+     */
+    const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name);
+    /**
+     * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators.
+     *
+     * The first time this is called, a search for available 
+     * translators is started.
+     */
+    QList<QString> allTranslators();
+
+    /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */
+   static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance();
+
+private:
+    static const char* defaultTranslatorText;
+    
+    void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators
+    KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator 
+                                                             // with the given name
+    KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name);
+
+    bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator);
+    QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name);
+    
+    QHash<QString,KeyboardTranslator*> _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator
+                                                     // instance
+    bool _haveLoadedAll;
+};
+
+inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; }
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; }
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) 
+{ 
+    _modifiers = modifier;
+}
+inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; }
+
+inline void  KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) 
+{ 
+   _modifierMask = mask; 
+}
+inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; }
+
+inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const
+{
+    return ( *this == Entry() );
+}
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command )
+{ 
+    _command = command; 
+}
+inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; }
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text )
+{ 
+    _text = unescape(text);
+}
+inline int oneOrZero(int value)
+{
+    return value ? 1 : 0;
+}
+inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const 
+{
+    QByteArray expandedText = _text;
+    
+    if (expandWildCards)
+    {
+        int modifierValue = 1;
+        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier);
+        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier)     << 1;
+        modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2;
+
+        for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) 
+        {
+            if (expandedText[i] == '*')
+                expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return expandedText; 
+}
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state )
+{ 
+    _state = state; 
+}
+inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; }
+
+inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask )
+{ 
+    _stateMask = stateMask; 
+}
+inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; }
+
+}
+
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(Konsole::KeyboardTranslator::Entry)
+Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(const Konsole::KeyboardTranslator*)
+
+#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H
+

libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src".
+// You probably do not want to hand-edit this!
+
+static const quint32 LineChars[] = {
+	0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
+	0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, 
+	0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, 
+	0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, 
+	0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, 
+	0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, 
+	0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, 
+	0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, 
+	0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, 
+	0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
+	0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, 
+	0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, 
+	0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, 
+	0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 
+	0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, 
+	0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce
+};

libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.src

@@ -0,0 +1,786 @@
+#2500: single horizontal line
+2500
+     
+     
+-----
+     
+     
+
+#2501: triple horizontal line
+2501
+     
+-----
+-----
+-----
+     
+
+#2502: single vertical line
+2502
+  |  
+  |  
+  |  
+  |  
+  |  
+
+#2503: triple vertical line
+2503
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+#2504-250B are dashed - not handled
+
+#250C: top-left corner (lines on bottom + right)
+250C
+     
+     
+  .--
+  |  
+  |  
+
+#250D: as above, but top line triple-width
+250D
+     
+  .--
+  .--
+  |--
+  |  
+
+#250E: now the vert line triple-width
+250E
+     
+     
+ ..--
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+#250F: and now both lines triple-width
+250F
+     
+ .___
+ |.--
+ ||._
+ ||| 
+
+#2510: top-right corner
+2510
+     
+     
+--.  
+  |  
+  |  
+
+2511
+     
+==.  
+==.  
+==|  
+  | 
+
+2512
+     
+     
+==.. 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+2513
+     
+===. 
+==.| 
+=.|| 
+ ||| 
+
+#2514: bottom-left corner
+2514
+  |  
+  |  
+  .==
+     
+     
+
+2515
+  |  
+  |==
+  |==
+  ===
+     
+
+
+2516
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ |.==
+     
+     
+
+2517
+ ||| 
+ ||.=
+ |.==
+ .===
+     
+
+#2518: bottm-right corner
+2518
+  |  
+  |  
+==.  
+     
+     
+
+2519
+  |  
+==|  
+==|  
+===  
+     
+
+
+251A
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+==== 
+     
+     
+
+251B
+ ||| 
+=.|| 
+==.| 
+===. 
+     
+
+#251C: Join of vertical line and one from the right
+251C
+  |  
+  |  
+  |==
+  |  
+  |  
+
+251D
+  |  
+  |==
+  |==
+  |==
+  |  
+
+251E
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||==
+  |  
+  |  
+
+251F
+  |  
+  |  
+ ||==
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+
+2520
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||==
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+2521
+ ||| 
+ |||=
+ ||==
+ .|==
+  |  
+
+2522
+  |  
+ .|==
+ ||==
+ |||=
+ ||| 
+
+2523
+ ||| 
+ ||.=
+ ||==
+ ||.=
+ ||| 
+
+#2524: Join of vertical line and one from the left
+2524
+  |  
+  |  
+==|  
+  |  
+  |  
+
+2525
+  |  
+==|  
+==|  
+==|  
+  |  
+
+2526
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+==+| 
+  |  
+  |  
+
+2527
+  |  
+  |  
+==+| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+2528
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+==+| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+2529
+ ||| 
+=+|| 
+==+| 
+===+ 
+  |  
+
+252A
+  |  
+=+|| 
+==+| 
+===+ 
+ ||| 
+
+252B
+ |||
+=+|| 
+==+| 
+=+|| 
+ |||
+
+#252C: horizontal line joined to from below
+252C
+     
+     
+=====
+  |  
+  |  
+
+252D
+     
+===  
+==|==
+==|  
+  |  
+
+252E
+     
+  ===
+==|==
+  |==
+  |  
+
+252F
+     
+==+==
+==|==
+==|==
+  |  
+
+2530
+     
+=====
+=====
+==|==
+  |  
+
+2531
+     
+===| 
+==||=
+=||| 
+ ||| 
+
+2532
+     
+ |===
+=||==
+ ||==
+ ||  
+
+2533
+     
+=====
+==|==
+=+|+=
+ ||| 
+
+#2534: bottom line, connected to from top
+2534
+  |
+  |
+=====
+     
+     
+
+2535
+  |
+==|
+=====
+===  
+    
+
+2536
+  |
+  |==
+=====
+  ===
+     
+
+2537
+  |
+==|==
+=====
+=====
+     
+
+2538
+ |||
+ |||
+=====
+     
+     
+
+2539
+ |||
+==||
+=====
+===| 
+    
+
+
+253A
+ |||
+ ||==
+=|===
+ |===
+     
+
+253B
+ |||
+==|==
+=====
+=====
+     
+
+#253C: vertical + horizontal lines intersecting
+253C
+  |  
+  |  
+=====
+  |  
+  |
+
+253D
+  |  
+==|  
+=====
+==|  
+  |
+
+253E
+  |  
+  |==
+=====
+  |==
+  |
+
+253F
+  |  
+==|==
+=====
+==|==
+  |
+
+2540
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+=====
+  |  
+  |
+
+2541
+  |  
+  |  
+=====
+ ||| 
+ |||
+
+2542
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+=====
+ ||| 
+ |||
+
+2543
+ ||| 
+=|||
+=====
+==|+ 
+  |
+
+2544
+ ||| 
+ ||==
+=====
+  |==
+  |
+
+2545
+  |
+==|+ 
+=====
+=|||
+ ||| 
+
+2546
+  |
+  |==
+=====
+ ||==
+ ||| 
+
+2547
+ ||| 
+=|||=
+=====
+=|||=
+  | 
+
+2548
+  |  
+=|||=
+=====
+=|||=
+ |||
+
+2549
+ ||| 
+=||| 
+=====
+=||| 
+ |||
+
+254A
+ ||| 
+ |||=
+=====
+ |||=
+ |||
+
+254B
+ ||| 
+=|||=
+=====
+=|||=
+ |||
+
+#254C-254F are dashed
+2550
+     
+_____
+     
+_____
+     
+
+2551
+ | | 
+ | |
+ | |
+ | |
+ | |
+
+2552
+     
+  |--
+  |
+  |--
+  |
+
+2553
+     
+     
+ ----
+ | | 
+ | | 
+
+2554
+     
+ +---
+ |
+ + +-
+ | |
+
+2555
+     
+--+
+  |  
+--+  
+  |  
+
+2556
+    
+    
+-+-+
+ | |
+ | |
+
+2557
+     
+---+ 
+   | 
+-+ |
+ | |
+
+2558
+  |
+  +--
+  |
+  +--
+
+2559
+ | | 
+ | | 
+ +-+-
+     
+     
+
+255A
+ | | 
+ | +-
+ |   
+ +---
+     
+
+255B
+  |  
+--+  
+  | 
+--+  
+     
+
+255C
+ | | 
+ | | 
+-+-+ 
+    
+
+255D
+ | | 
+-+ | 
+   |
+---+
+    
+
+255E
+  |
+  +--
+  |
+  +--
+  |
+
+255F
+ | |
+ | |
+ | +-
+ | |
+ | |
+
+2560
+ | |
+ | +-
+ | |
+ | +-
+ | |
+
+2561
+  |
+--+
+  |
+--+
+  |
+
+2562
+ | | 
+ | |
+-+ +
+ | |
+ | |
+
+2563
+ | |
+-+ |
+   |
+-+ |
+ | |
+
+2564
+     
+-----
+     
+--+--
+  |
+
+2565
+     
+     
+-+-+-
+ | | 
+ | |
+
+2566
+     
+-----
+     
+-+ +-
+ | |
+
+2567
+  |  
+--+--
+     
+-----
+     
+
+2568
+ | | 
+ | | 
+-+-+-
+     
+     
+
+2569
+ | | 
+-+ +-
+     
+-----
+     
+
+256A
+  |  
+--+--
+  |  
+--+--
+  |
+
+256B
+ | | 
+ | | 
+-+-+-
+ | | 
+ | | 
+
+256C
+ | | 
+-+ +-
+
+-+ +-
+ | | 
+
+#256F-2570 are curly,
+#2571-2573 are slashes and X
+
+2574
+     
+     
+___  
+     
+     
+
+2575
+  |  
+  |  
+  |  
+     
+    
+
+2576
+     
+     
+  ___
+     
+     
+
+2577
+     
+    
+  |  
+  |  
+  |  
+
+2578
+     
+___  
+___  
+___  
+     
+
+2579
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+     
+    
+
+257A
+     
+  ___
+  ___
+  ___
+     
+
+257B
+     
+    
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+257C
+     
+  ___
+_____
+  ___
+     
+
+257D
+  |  
+  |  
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+
+257E
+     
+___  
+_____
+___  
+     
+
+257F
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+ ||| 
+  |  
+  |  

libs/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "Pty.h"
+
+// System
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// KDE
+//#include <KStandardDirs>
+//#include <KLocale>
+//#include <KDebug>
+#include "kpty.h"
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+void Pty::donePty()
+{
+  emit done(exitStatus());
+}
+
+void Pty::setWindowSize(int lines, int cols)
+{
+  _windowColumns = cols;
+  _windowLines = lines;
+
+  if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0)
+    pty()->setWinSize(lines, cols);
+}
+QSize Pty::windowSize() const
+{
+    return QSize(_windowColumns,_windowLines);
+}
+
+void Pty::setXonXoff(bool enable)
+{
+  _xonXoff = enable;
+
+  if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0)
+  {
+    struct ::termios ttmode;
+    pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode);
+    if (!enable)
+      ttmode.c_iflag &= ~(IXOFF | IXON);
+    else
+      ttmode.c_iflag |= (IXOFF | IXON);
+    if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode))
+      qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes.");
+  }
+}
+
+void Pty::setUtf8Mode(bool enable)
+{
+#ifdef IUTF8 // XXX not a reasonable place to check it.
+  _utf8 = enable;
+
+  if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0)
+  {
+    struct ::termios ttmode;
+    pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode);
+    if (!enable)
+      ttmode.c_iflag &= ~IUTF8;
+    else
+      ttmode.c_iflag |= IUTF8;
+    if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode))
+      qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes.");
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pty::setErase(char erase)
+{
+  _eraseChar = erase;
+  
+  if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0)
+  {
+    struct ::termios ttmode;
+
+    pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode);
+
+    ttmode.c_cc[VERASE] = erase;
+
+    if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode))
+      qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes.");
+  }  
+}
+
+char Pty::erase() const
+{
+	if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0)
+	{
+		qDebug() << "Getting erase char";
+		struct ::termios ttyAttributes;
+		pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttyAttributes);
+		return ttyAttributes.c_cc[VERASE];
+	}
+
+	return _eraseChar;
+}
+
+void Pty::addEnvironmentVariables(const QStringList& environment)
+{
+    QListIterator<QString> iter(environment);
+    while (iter.hasNext())
+    {
+        QString pair = iter.next();
+
+        // split on the first '=' character
+        int pos = pair.indexOf('=');
+        
+        if ( pos >= 0 )
+        {
+            QString variable = pair.left(pos);
+            QString value = pair.mid(pos+1);
+
+            //kDebug() << "Setting environment pair" << variable <<
+            //    " set to " << value;
+
+            setEnvironment(variable,value);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+int Pty::start(const QString& program, 
+               const QStringList& programArguments, 
+               const QStringList& environment, 
+               ulong winid, 
+               bool addToUtmp
+//               const QString& dbusService, 
+//               const QString& dbusSession)
+		)
+{
+  clearArguments();
+
+  setBinaryExecutable(program.toLatin1());
+
+  addEnvironmentVariables(environment);
+
+  QStringListIterator it( programArguments );
+  while (it.hasNext())
+    arguments.append( it.next().toUtf8() );
+
+//  if ( !dbusService.isEmpty() )
+//     setEnvironment("KONSOLE_DBUS_SERVICE",dbusService);
+//  if ( !dbusSession.isEmpty() )
+//     setEnvironment("KONSOLE_DBUS_SESSION", dbusSession);
+
+  setEnvironment("WINDOWID", QString::number(winid));
+
+  // unless the LANGUAGE environment variable has been set explicitly
+  // set it to a null string
+  // this fixes the problem where KCatalog sets the LANGUAGE environment
+  // variable during the application's startup to something which
+  // differs from LANG,LC_* etc. and causes programs run from
+  // the terminal to display mesages in the wrong language
+  //
+  // this can happen if LANG contains a language which KDE
+  // does not have a translation for
+  //
+  // BR:149300
+  if (!environment.contains("LANGUAGE"))
+      setEnvironment("LANGUAGE",QString());
+
+  setUsePty(All, addToUtmp);
+
+  pty()->open();
+  
+  struct ::termios ttmode;
+  pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode);
+  if (!_xonXoff)
+    ttmode.c_iflag &= ~(IXOFF | IXON);
+  else
+    ttmode.c_iflag |= (IXOFF | IXON);
+#ifdef IUTF8 // XXX not a reasonable place to check it.
+  if (!_utf8)
+    ttmode.c_iflag &= ~IUTF8;
+  else
+    ttmode.c_iflag |= IUTF8;
+#endif
+
+  if (_eraseChar != 0)
+  	ttmode.c_cc[VERASE] = _eraseChar;
+  
+  if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode))
+    qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes.");
+  
+  pty()->setWinSize(_windowLines, _windowColumns);
+
+  if ( K3Process::start(NotifyOnExit, (Communication) (Stdin | Stdout)) == false )
+     return -1;
+
+  resume(); // Start...
+  return 0;
+
+}
+
+void Pty::setWriteable(bool writeable)
+{
+  struct stat sbuf;
+  stat(pty()->ttyName(), &sbuf);
+  if (writeable)
+    chmod(pty()->ttyName(), sbuf.st_mode | S_IWGRP);
+  else
+    chmod(pty()->ttyName(), sbuf.st_mode & ~(S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH));
+}
+
+Pty::Pty()
+    : _bufferFull(false),
+      _windowColumns(0),
+      _windowLines(0),
+      _eraseChar(0),
+      _xonXoff(true),
+      _utf8(true)
+{
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(K3Process *, char *, int )),
+	  this, SLOT(dataReceived(K3Process *,char *, int)));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)),
+          this, SLOT(donePty()));
+  connect(this, SIGNAL(wroteStdin(K3Process *)),
+          this, SLOT(writeReady()));
+  _pty = new KPty;
+
+  setUsePty(All, false); // utmp will be overridden later
+}
+
+Pty::~Pty()
+{
+    delete _pty;
+}
+
+void Pty::writeReady()
+{
+  _pendingSendJobs.erase(_pendingSendJobs.begin());
+  _bufferFull = false;
+  doSendJobs();
+}
+
+void Pty::doSendJobs() {
+  if(_pendingSendJobs.isEmpty())
+  {
+     emit bufferEmpty(); 
+     return;
+  }
+  
+  SendJob& job = _pendingSendJobs.first();
+
+  
+  if (!writeStdin( job.data(), job.length() ))
+  {
+    qWarning("Pty::doSendJobs - Could not send input data to terminal process.");
+    return;
+  }
+  _bufferFull = true;
+}
+
+void Pty::appendSendJob(const char* s, int len)
+{
+  _pendingSendJobs.append(SendJob(s,len));
+}
+
+void Pty::sendData(const char* s, int len)
+{
+  appendSendJob(s,len);
+  if (!_bufferFull)
+     doSendJobs();
+}
+
+void Pty::dataReceived(K3Process *,char *buf, int len)
+{
+  emit receivedData(buf,len);
+}
+
+void Pty::lockPty(bool lock)
+{
+  if (lock)
+    suspend();
+  else
+    resume();
+}
+
+int Pty::foregroundProcessGroup() const
+{
+    int pid = tcgetpgrp(pty()->masterFd());
+
+    if ( pid != -1 )
+    {
+        return pid;
+    } 
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+//#include "moc_Pty.cpp"

libs/qtermwidget/Pty.h

@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal emulator. 
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef PTY_H
+#define PTY_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#include <QtCore/QVector>
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <QtCore>
+
+#include "k3process.h"
+
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/**
+ * The Pty class is used to start the terminal process, 
+ * send data to it, receive data from it and manipulate 
+ * various properties of the pseudo-teletype interface
+ * used to communicate with the process.
+ *
+ * To use this class, construct an instance and connect
+ * to the sendData slot and receivedData signal to
+ * send data to or receive data from the process.
+ *
+ * To start the terminal process, call the start() method
+ * with the program name and appropriate arguments. 
+ */
+class Pty: public K3Process
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+
+  public:
+    
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new Pty.
+     * 
+     * Connect to the sendData() slot and receivedData() signal to prepare
+     * for sending and receiving data from the terminal process.
+     *
+     * To start the terminal process, call the run() method with the 
+     * name of the program to start and appropriate arguments.
+     */
+    Pty();
+    ~Pty();
+
+    /**
+     * Starts the terminal process.  
+     *
+     * Returns 0 if the process was started successfully or non-zero
+     * otherwise.
+     *
+     * @param program Path to the program to start
+     * @param arguments Arguments to pass to the program being started
+     * @param environment A list of key=value pairs which will be added
+     * to the environment for the new process.  At the very least this
+     * should include an assignment for the TERM environment variable.
+     * @param winid Specifies the value of the WINDOWID environment variable
+     * in the process's environment.
+     * @param addToUtmp Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for
+     * the pty used.  See K3Process::setUsePty() 
+     * @param dbusService Specifies the value of the KONSOLE_DBUS_SERVICE 
+     * environment variable in the process's environment.
+     * @param dbusSession Specifies the value of the KONSOLE_DBUS_SESSION
+     * environment variable in the process's environment. 
+     */
+    int start( const QString& program, 
+               const QStringList& arguments, 
+               const QStringList& environment, 
+               ulong winid, 
+               bool addToUtmp
+//               const QString& dbusService,
+//               const QString& dbusSession
+             );
+
+    /** TODO: Document me */
+    void setWriteable(bool writeable);
+
+    /** 
+     * Enables or disables Xon/Xoff flow control.
+     */
+    void setXonXoff(bool on);
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the size of the window (in lines and columns of characters) 
+     * used by this teletype.
+     */
+    void setWindowSize(int lines, int cols);
+    
+    /** Returns the size of the window used by this teletype.  See setWindowSize() */
+    QSize windowSize() const;
+
+    /** TODO Document me */
+    void setErase(char erase);
+
+	/** */
+	char erase() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the process id of the teletype's current foreground
+     * process.  This is the process which is currently reading
+     * input sent to the terminal via. sendData()
+     *
+     * If there is a problem reading the foreground process group,
+     * 0 will be returned.
+     */
+    int foregroundProcessGroup() const;
+   
+    /**
+     * Returns whether the buffer used to send data to the
+     * terminal process is full.
+     */
+    bool bufferFull() const { return _bufferFull; }
+
+
+  public slots:
+
+    /**
+     * Put the pty into UTF-8 mode on systems which support it.
+     */
+    void setUtf8Mode(bool on);
+
+    /**
+     * Suspend or resume processing of data from the standard 
+     * output of the terminal process.
+     *
+     * See K3Process::suspend() and K3Process::resume()
+     *
+     * @param lock If true, processing of output is suspended,
+     * otherwise processing is resumed.
+     */
+    void lockPty(bool lock);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Sends data to the process currently controlling the 
+     * teletype ( whose id is returned by foregroundProcessGroup() )
+     *
+     * @param buffer Pointer to the data to send.
+     * @param length Length of @p buffer.
+     */
+    void sendData(const char* buffer, int length);
+
+  signals:
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the terminal process terminates.
+     *
+     * @param exitCode The status code which the process exited with.
+     */
+    void done(int exitCode);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when a new block of data is received from
+     * the teletype.
+     *
+     * @param buffer Pointer to the data received.
+     * @param length Length of @p buffer
+     */
+    void receivedData(const char* buffer, int length);
+    
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the buffer used to send data to the terminal
+     * process becomes empty, i.e. all data has been sent.
+     */
+    void bufferEmpty();
+    
+
+  private slots:
+    
+    // called when terminal process exits
+    void donePty();
+    // called when data is received from the terminal process 
+    void dataReceived(K3Process*, char* buffer, int length);
+    // sends the first enqueued buffer of data to the
+    // terminal process
+    void doSendJobs();
+    // called when the terminal process is ready to
+    // receive more data
+    void writeReady();
+
+  private:
+    // takes a list of key=value pairs and adds them
+    // to the environment for the process
+    void addEnvironmentVariables(const QStringList& environment);
+
+    // enqueues a buffer of data to be sent to the 
+    // terminal process
+    void appendSendJob(const char* buffer, int length);
+   
+    // a buffer of data in the queue to be sent to the 
+    // terminal process 
+    class SendJob {
+	public:
+      		SendJob() {}
+      		SendJob(const char* b, int len) : buffer(len)
+		{
+			memcpy( buffer.data() , b , len );
+        }
+	
+		const char* data() const { return buffer.constData(); }
+		int length() const { return buffer.size(); }	
+	private:
+      		QVector<char> buffer;
+    };
+
+    QList<SendJob> _pendingSendJobs;
+    bool _bufferFull;
+
+    int  _windowColumns; 
+    int  _windowLines;
+    char _eraseChar;
+    bool _xonXoff;
+    bool _utf8;
+    KPty *_pty;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // PTY_H

libs/qtermwidget/README

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+lib.pro is a *.pro-file for qmake
+
+It produces static lib (libqtermwidget.a) only. 
+For creating shared lib (*.so) uncomment "dll" in "CONFIG" line in *.pro-file
+
+Library was tested both with HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT and HAVE_GETPT precompiler directives, 
+defined in "DEFINES" line. You should select variant which would be correct for your system.

libs/qtermwidget/Screen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SCREEN_H
+#define SCREEN_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QRect>
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Character.h"
+#include "History.h"
+
+#define MODE_Origin    0
+#define MODE_Wrap      1
+#define MODE_Insert    2
+#define MODE_Screen    3
+#define MODE_Cursor    4
+#define MODE_NewLine   5
+#define MODES_SCREEN   6
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/*!
+*/
+struct ScreenParm
+{
+  int mode[MODES_SCREEN];
+};
+
+class TerminalCharacterDecoder;
+
+/**
+    \brief An image of characters with associated attributes.
+
+    The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of
+    characters from the program currently running in the terminal.
+    From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately
+    rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).  Some types of emulation
+    may have more than one screen image. 
+
+    getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image
+    which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the
+    terminal. 
+
+    The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current
+    screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output.  
+    The scroll is specified using setScroll()
+    The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream()
+
+    The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using 
+    setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd().  The selected text can be retrieved
+    using selectedText().  When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image,
+    characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted.   
+*/
+class Screen
+{
+public:
+    /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */
+    Screen(int lines, int columns);
+    ~Screen();
+
+    // VT100/2 Operations 
+    // Cursor Movement
+    
+    /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */
+    void cursorUp    (int n);
+    /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */
+    void cursorDown  (int n);
+    /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */
+    void cursorLeft  (int n);
+    /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */
+    void cursorRight (int n);
+    /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */
+    void setCursorY  (int y);
+    /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */
+    void setCursorX  (int x);
+    /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */
+    void setCursorYX (int y, int x);
+    /**
+     * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen.
+     *
+     * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. 
+     * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. 
+     */
+    void setMargins  (int topLine , int bottomLine);
+    /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ 
+    int topMargin() const;
+    /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */
+    int bottomMargin() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines
+     * of the screen.
+     */
+    void setDefaultMargins();
+    
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode 
+     * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost
+     * column first.
+     *
+     * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set
+     * or index() otherwise. 
+     */
+    void NewLine     ();
+    /**
+     * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning
+     * of the line.
+     */
+    void NextLine    ();
+
+    /** 
+     * Move the cursor down one line.  If the cursor is on the bottom
+     * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the
+     * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead.
+     */
+    void index       ();
+    /**
+     * Move the cursor up one line.  If the cursor is on the top line
+     * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling
+     * region is scrolled down by one line instead.
+     */
+    void reverseIndex();
+    
+    /** 
+     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. 
+     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed 
+     * using setMargins()
+     */ 
+    void scrollUp(int n);
+    /**
+     * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines.
+     * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed
+     * using setMargins()
+     */
+    void scrollDown(int n);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. 
+     * Equivalent to setCursorX(0)
+     */
+    void Return      ();
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character
+     * at the new cursor position.
+     */
+    void BackSpace   ();
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right.
+     */
+    void Tabulate    (int n = 1);
+    /** 
+     * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. 
+     */
+    void backTabulate(int n);
+    
+    // Editing
+    
+    /** 
+     * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
+     * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current
+     * cursor position with spaces.
+     * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. 
+     */
+    void eraseChars  (int n);
+    /** 
+     * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. 
+     * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. 
+     */
+    void deleteChars (int n);
+    /**
+     * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position.
+     * The position of the cursor is not altered.  
+     * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted.
+     */
+    void insertChars (int n);
+    /** 
+     * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position.
+     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
+     * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed.
+     */
+    void deleteLines (int n);
+    /**
+     * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position.
+     * The position of the cursor is not altered.
+     * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted.
+     */
+    void insertLines (int n);
+    /** Clears all the tab stops. */
+    void clearTabStops();
+    /**  Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ 
+    void changeTabStop(bool set);
+   
+    /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */
+    void resetMode   (int mode);
+    /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */
+    void setMode     (int mode);
+    /** 
+     * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode.  It can be restored
+     * using restoreMode()
+     */
+    void saveMode    (int mode);
+    /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */
+    void restoreMode (int mode);
+    /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/
+    bool getMode     (int mode) const;
+   
+    /** 
+     * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. 
+     * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() 
+     */ 
+    void saveCursor  ();
+    /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor.  See saveCursor() */
+    void restoreCursor();
+   
+    /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ 
+    void clearEntireScreen();
+    /** 
+     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of 
+     * the screen.
+     */
+    void clearToEndOfScreen();
+    /**
+     * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start
+     * of the screen.
+     */
+    void clearToBeginOfScreen();
+    /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */
+    void clearEntireLine();
+    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
+    void clearToEndOfLine();
+    /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */
+    void clearToBeginOfLine();
+    
+    /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */
+    void helpAlign   ();
+       
+    /** 
+     * Enables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearence 
+     * of characters on the screen.
+     *
+     * @see Character::rendition
+     */  
+    void setRendition  (int rendition);
+    /**
+     * Disables the given @p rendition flag.  Rendition flags control the appearence
+     * of characters on the screen.
+     *
+     * @see Character::rendition
+     */
+    void resetRendition(int rendition);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Sets the cursor's foreground color.
+     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument
+     * @param color The new foreground color.  The meaning of this depends on
+     * the color @p space used.
+     *
+     * @see CharacterColor
+     */
+    void setForeColor  (int space, int color);
+    /**
+     * Sets the cursor's background color.
+     * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet.
+     * @param color The new background color.  The meaning of this depends on
+     * the color @p space used.
+     *
+     * @see CharacterColor
+     */
+    void setBackColor  (int space, int color);
+    /** 
+     * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the 
+     * character's rendition flags back to the default settings.
+     */
+    void setDefaultRendition();
+    
+    /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */
+    int  getCursorX() const;
+    /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */
+    int  getCursorY() const;
+   
+	/** TODO Document me */ 
+	void clear();
+    /** 
+     * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left
+     * corner of the screen (0,0) 
+     */
+    void home();
+    /**
+     * Resets the state of the screen.  This resets the various screen modes
+     * back to their default states.  The cursor style and colors are reset
+     * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called)
+     *
+     * <ul>
+     * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li>
+     * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li>
+     * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li>
+     * <li>Cursor mode is enabled.  TODO Document me</li>
+     * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li>
+     * <li>New line mode is disabled.  TODO Document me</li>
+     * </ul>
+     *
+     * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, 
+     * otherwise they are unaltered.
+     */
+    void reset(bool clearScreen = true);
+   
+    /** 
+     * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. 
+     * 
+     * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and
+     * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new 
+     * line below the current one.
+     *
+     * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character 
+     * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the 
+     * character already at the current cursor position.  
+     */ 
+    void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c);
+    
+    // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4
+    void compose(const QString& compose);
+    
+    /** 
+     * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns.  
+     * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns,
+     * existing lines are not truncated.  This prevents characters from being lost
+     * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again.
+     *
+     * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were
+     *  truncated when making the screen image smaller)
+     */
+    void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns);
+    
+    /**
+     * Returns the current screen image.  
+     * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which
+     * must be freed by the caller after use.
+     *
+     * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into
+     * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters
+     * @param startLine Index of first line to copy
+     * @param endLine Index of last line to copy
+     */
+    void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image.
+     * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the 
+     * line is wrapped,
+     * other attributes control the size of characters in the line.
+     */
+    QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const;
+	
+
+    /** Return the number of lines. */
+    int  getLines()   { return lines; }
+    /** Return the number of columns. */
+    int  getColumns() { return columns; }
+    /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */
+    int  getHistLines ();
+    /** 
+     * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. 
+     * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous 
+     * history buffer are copied into the new scroll.
+     */
+    void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true);
+    /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */
+    const HistoryType& getScroll();
+    /** 
+     * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen
+     * in a history buffer.
+     */
+    bool hasScroll();
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the start of the selection.
+     *
+     * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection.
+     * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection.
+     * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode.
+     */
+    void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode);
+    
+    /**
+     * Sets the end of the current selection.
+     *
+     * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection.
+     * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. 
+     */ 
+    void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line);
+   
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there
+     * is no selection.
+     */
+    void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line);
+    
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there
+     * is no selection.
+     */
+    void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line);
+
+    /** Clears the current selection */
+    void clearSelection();
+
+    void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; }
+
+    /** 
+ 	 * 	Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the
+ 	 *  current selection. 
+ 	 */ 
+    bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Convenience method.  Returns the currently selected text. 
+     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
+     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line.
+     */
+    QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks);
+	    
+	/**
+	 * Copies part of the output to a stream.
+	 *
+	 * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text
+	 * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve
+	 * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve
+	 */
+	void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to);
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns
+     * the text of that line from the history buffer.
+     */
+    QString getHistoryLine(int no);
+
+	/**
+	 * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY
+	 * into a stream.
+	 *
+	 * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text.  
+	 * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters 
+	 * into plain text with no formatting.
+     * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should 
+     * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. 
+	 */
+	void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool
+                                preserveLineBreaks = true);
+
+    /** TODO Document me */
+    void checkSelection(int from, int to);
+
+	/** 
+	 * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line.
+	 * 
+	 * @param property The attribute to set or clear
+	 * Possible properties are:
+	 * LINE_WRAPPED:	 Specifies that the line is wrapped.
+	 * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width.
+	 * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height.
+     *                   Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters,
+     *                   with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute.  This allows other parts of the 
+     *                   code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height.
+	 *
+	 * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it
+	 */
+	void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable);
+
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
+     * since the last call to resetScrolledLines().
+     *
+     * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up,
+     * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. 
+     */
+    int scrolledLines() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled.
+     *
+     * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the 
+     * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred.
+     */
+    QRect lastScrolledRegion() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by,
+     * see scrolledLines()
+     */
+    void resetScrolledLines();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of lines of output which have been
+     * dropped from the history since the last call
+     * to resetDroppedLines()
+     *
+     * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop
+     * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when
+     * it is full.  
+     */
+    int droppedLines() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from
+     * the history.
+     */
+    void resetDroppedLines();
+
+	/** 
+ 	 * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank)
+ 	 * Character style.
+ 	 */
+	static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count);
+
+private: 
+
+	//copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a 
+	//specified character decoder
+	//line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to 
+	//		 hist->getLines() + lines - 1
+	//start - the first column on the line to copy
+	//count - the number of characters on the line to copy
+	//decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text
+    //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line
+	void copyLineToStream(int line, 
+                          int start, 
+                          int count, 
+                          TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,
+                          bool appendNewLine,
+                          bool preserveLineBreaks);
+	
+    //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c'
+    //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
+    //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
+    void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c);
+
+    //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'.
+    //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image.
+    //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair.
+    void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd);
+    
+    void scrollUp(int from, int i);
+    void scrollDown(int from, int i);
+
+    void addHistLine();
+
+    void initTabStops();
+
+    void effectiveRendition();
+    void reverseRendition(Character& p) const;
+
+    bool isSelectionValid() const;
+
+	// copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest',
+	// starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer
+	void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const;
+	// copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest',
+	// starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history
+	void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const;
+
+
+    // screen image ----------------
+    int lines;
+    int columns;
+
+    typedef QVector<Character> ImageLine;      // [0..columns]
+    ImageLine*          screenLines;    // [lines]
+
+    int _scrolledLines;
+    QRect _lastScrolledRegion;
+
+    int _droppedLines;
+
+    QVarLengthArray<LineProperty,64> lineProperties;    
+	
+    // history buffer ---------------
+    HistoryScroll *hist;
+    
+    // cursor location
+    int cuX;
+    int cuY;
+
+    // cursor color and rendition info
+    CharacterColor cu_fg;      // foreground
+    CharacterColor cu_bg;      // background
+    quint8 cu_re;      // rendition
+
+    // margins ----------------
+    int tmargin;      // top margin
+    int bmargin;      // bottom margin
+
+    // states ----------------
+    ScreenParm currParm;
+
+    // ----------------------------
+
+    bool* tabstops;
+
+    // selection -------------------
+    int sel_begin; // The first location selected.
+    int sel_TL;    // TopLeft Location.
+    int sel_BR;    // Bottom Right Location.
+    bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection.
+    bool columnmode;  // Column selection mode
+
+    // effective colors and rendition ------------
+    CharacterColor ef_fg;      // These are derived from
+    CharacterColor ef_bg;      // the cu_* variables above
+    quint8 ef_re;      // to speed up operation
+
+    //
+    // save cursor, rendition & states ------------
+    // 
+
+    // cursor location
+    int sa_cuX;
+    int sa_cuY;
+
+    // rendition info
+    quint8 sa_cu_re;
+    CharacterColor sa_cu_fg;
+    CharacterColor sa_cu_bg;
+    
+    // last position where we added a character
+    int lastPos;
+
+    // modes
+    ScreenParm saveParm;
+
+    static Character defaultChar;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // SCREEN_H

libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "ScreenWindow.h"
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Screen.h"
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+	, _windowBuffer(0)
+	, _windowBufferSize(0)
+	, _bufferNeedsUpdate(true)
+	, _windowLines(1)
+    , _currentLine(0)
+    , _trackOutput(true)
+    , _scrollCount(0)
+{
+}
+ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow()
+{
+	delete[] _windowBuffer;
+}
+void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( screen );
+
+    _screen = screen;
+}
+
+Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const
+{
+    return _screen;
+}
+
+Character* ScreenWindow::getImage()
+{
+	// reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed
+	int size = windowLines() * windowColumns();
+	if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) 
+	{
+		delete[] _windowBuffer;
+		_windowBufferSize = size;
+		_windowBuffer = new Character[size];
+		_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+	}
+
+	 if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate)
+		return _windowBuffer;
+ 
+	_screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size,
+					  currentLine(),endWindowLine());
+
+	// this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which 
+	// case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled
+	// with blank characters
+	fillUnusedArea();
+
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = false;
+	return _windowBuffer;
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea()
+{
+	int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1;
+	int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1;
+
+	int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine;
+	int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns();
+
+	Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); 
+}
+
+// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window 
+// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end
+// of the screen.
+//
+// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should
+// never be more than endWindowLine()
+//
+int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const
+{
+	return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1,
+				lineCount() - 1);
+}
+QVector<LineProperty> ScreenWindow::getLineProperties()
+{
+    QVector<LineProperty> result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine());
+	
+	if (result.count() != windowLines())
+		result.resize(windowLines());
+
+	return result;
+}
+
+QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const
+{
+    return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks );
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line )
+{
+    _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line);
+    line -= currentLine();
+}
+void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line )
+{
+    _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line);
+    line -= currentLine();
+}
+void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode )
+{
+    _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine())  , columnMode);
+	
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line )
+{
+    _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) );
+
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line )
+{
+    return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) );
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::clearSelection()
+{
+    _screen->clearSelection();
+
+    emit selectionChanged();
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines)
+{
+	Q_ASSERT(lines > 0);
+	_windowLines = lines;
+}
+int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const
+{
+	return _windowLines;		
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const
+{
+    return _screen->getColumns();
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const
+{
+    return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines();
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const
+{
+    return _screen->getColumns();
+}
+
+QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const
+{
+    QPoint position;
+    
+    position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() );
+    position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() );
+
+    return position; 
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const
+{
+    return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines());
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount )
+{
+    if ( mode == ScrollLines )
+    {
+        scrollTo( currentLine() + amount );
+    }
+    else if ( mode == ScrollPages )
+    {
+        scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); 
+    }
+}
+
+bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const
+{
+    return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines());
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line )
+{
+	int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines();
+	line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber);
+
+    const int delta = line - _currentLine;
+    _currentLine = line;
+
+    // keep track of number of lines scrolled by,
+    // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount()
+    _scrollCount += delta;
+
+    _bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+
+    emit scrolled(_currentLine);
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput)
+{
+    _trackOutput = trackOutput;
+}
+
+bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const
+{
+    return _trackOutput;
+}
+
+int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const
+{
+    return _scrollCount;
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() 
+{
+    _scrollCount = 0;
+}
+
+QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const
+{
+	bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines();
+
+	if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize )
+    	return _screen->lastScrolledRegion();
+	else
+		return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines());
+}
+
+void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged()
+{
+    // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count
+    // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen
+    if ( _trackOutput )
+    { 
+        _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines();
+        _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines()));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // if the history is not unlimited then it may 
+        // have run out of space and dropped the oldest
+        // lines of output - in this case the screen
+        // window's current line number will need to 
+        // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll
+        _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - 
+                              _screen->droppedLines());
+
+        // ensure that the screen window's current position does
+        // not go beyond the bottom of the screen
+        _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() );
+    }
+
+	_bufferNeedsUpdate = true;
+
+    emit outputChanged(); 
+}
+
+//#include "moc_ScreenWindow.cpp"

libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H
+#define SCREENWINDOW_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+#include <QtCore/QPoint>
+#include <QtCore/QRect>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Character.h"
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+class Screen;
+
+/**
+ * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen.
+ * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ).
+ *
+ * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with 
+ * a terminal screen using setScreen().
+ * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen.
+ * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window.
+ *
+ * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new
+ * lines are added to it.
+ *
+ * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should
+ * be called.  This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal
+ * if necessary.
+ */
+class ScreenWindow : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /** 
+     * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent.
+     * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties().
+     *
+     * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method
+     * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view.  This allows the emulation
+     * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates
+     * between all views on a session.
+     */
+    ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0);
+	virtual ~ScreenWindow();
+
+    /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */
+    void setScreen(Screen* screen);
+    /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */
+    Screen* screen() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window
+     * onto the screen.
+     *
+     * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be
+     * deleted by the caller.
+     */
+    Character* getImage();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which
+     * are currently visible through this window
+     */
+    QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window
+     * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call 
+     * to resetScrollCount().  scrollRegion() is in most cases the 
+     * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications
+     * which provide split-screen facilities.
+     *
+     * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise
+     * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that
+     * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. 
+     */
+    int scrollCount() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount()
+     */
+    void resetScrollCount();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is 
+     * usually the whole window area.
+     *
+     * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate,
+     * but allows views to optimise rendering.
+     */
+    QRect scrollRegion() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within 
+     * the window.
+     */
+    void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode );
+    /**
+     * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within
+     * the window.
+     */
+    void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); 
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window.
+     */
+    void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line );
+    /**
+     * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window.
+     */
+    void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line );
+    /**
+     * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection.
+     */
+    bool isSelected( int column , int line );
+    /** 
+     * Clears the current selection
+     */
+    void clearSelection();
+
+	/** Sets the number of lines in the window */
+	void setWindowLines(int lines);
+    /** Returns the number of lines in the window */
+    int windowLines() const;
+    /** Returns the number of columns in the window */
+    int windowColumns() const;
+    
+    /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */
+    int lineCount() const;
+    /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */
+    int columnCount() const;
+
+    /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */
+    int currentLine() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the position of the cursor 
+     * within the window.
+     */
+    QPoint cursorPosition() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom
+     * of the screen.
+     */
+    bool atEndOfOutput() const;
+
+    /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */
+    void scrollTo( int line );
+
+    enum RelativeScrollMode
+    {
+        ScrollLines,
+        ScrollPages
+    };
+
+    /** 
+     * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen.
+     *
+     * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number
+     * of pages to scroll.    
+     * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by.  If
+     * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down.  If this number is negative, the view
+     * is scrolled up.
+     */
+    void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount );
+
+    /** 
+     * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom
+     * of the screen when new output is added.
+     *
+     * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see 
+     * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called.
+     */
+    void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput);
+    /** 
+     * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as
+     * new output is added.  See setTrackOutput()
+     */
+    bool trackOutput() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the text which is currently selected.
+     *
+     * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText()
+     */
+    QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const;
+
+public slots:
+    /** 
+     * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed.
+     * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes
+     * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted.
+     */
+    void notifyOutputChanged();
+
+signals:
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. 
+     */
+    void outputChanged();
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position.
+     * 
+     * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window.
+     */
+    void scrolled(int line);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the selection is changed.
+     */
+    void selectionChanged();
+
+private:
+	int endWindowLine() const;
+	void fillUnusedArea();
+
+    Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen()
+	Character* _windowBuffer;
+	int _windowBufferSize;
+	bool _bufferNeedsUpdate;
+
+	int  _windowLines;
+    int  _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine()
+    bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() 
+    int  _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since
+                       // the last call to resetScrollCount()
+};
+
+}
+#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H

libs/qtermwidget/Session.h

@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SESSION_H
+#define SESSION_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+#include <QtCore>
+#include <QWidget>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "History.h"
+
+class KProcess;
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+class Emulation;
+class Pty;
+class TerminalDisplay;
+//class ZModemDialog;
+
+/**
+ * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation.
+ * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole.
+ * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the
+ * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session.
+ *
+ * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method.
+ * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal
+ * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse
+ * activity.
+ */
+class Session : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ nameTitle)
+  Q_PROPERTY(int processId READ processId)
+  Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings)
+  Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize)
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a new session.
+   *
+   * To start the terminal process, call the run() method,
+   * after specifying the program and arguments
+   * using setProgram() and setArguments()
+   *
+   * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session
+   * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment
+   * variable.
+   */
+  Session();
+  ~Session();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the session is currently running.  This will be true
+   * after run() has been called successfully.
+   */
+  bool isRunning() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the profile associated with this session.
+   *
+   * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current
+   * profile settings from the SessionManager
+   */
+  void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey);
+  /**
+   * Returns the profile key associated with this session.
+   * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current
+   * profile settings.
+   */
+  QString profileKey() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Adds a new view for this session.
+   *
+   * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and
+   * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.)
+   * will be sent to the terminal.
+   *
+   * Views can be removed using removeView().  The session is automatically
+   * closed when the last view is removed.
+   */
+  void addView(TerminalDisplay* widget);
+  /**
+   * Removes a view from this session.  When the last view is removed,
+   * the session will be closed automatically.
+   *
+   * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input
+   * to the terminal
+   */
+  void removeView(TerminalDisplay* widget);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the views connected to this session
+   */
+  QList<TerminalDisplay*> views() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode
+   * characters to / from the process.
+   */
+  Emulation*  emulation() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the environment of this session as a list of strings like
+   * VARIABLE=VALUE
+   */
+  QStringList environment() const;
+  /**
+   * Sets the environment for this session.
+   * @p environment should be a list of strings like
+   * VARIABLE=VALUE
+   */
+  void setEnvironment(const QStringList& environment);
+
+  /** Returns the unique ID for this session. */
+  int sessionId() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Return the session title set by the user (ie. the program running
+   * in the terminal), or an empty string if the user has not set a custom title
+   */
+  QString userTitle() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This enum describes the contexts for which separate
+   * tab title formats may be specified.
+   */
+  enum TabTitleContext
+  {
+    /** Default tab title format */
+    LocalTabTitle,
+    /**
+     * Tab title format used session currently contains
+     * a connection to a remote computer (via SSH)
+     */
+    RemoteTabTitle
+  };
+  /**
+   * Sets the format used by this session for tab titles.
+   *
+   * @param context The context whoose format should be set.
+   * @param format The tab title format.  This may be a mixture
+   * of plain text and dynamic elements denoted by a '%' character
+   * followed by a letter.  (eg. %d for directory).  The dynamic
+   * elements available depend on the @p context
+   */
+  void setTabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context , const QString& format);
+  /** Returns the format used by this session for tab titles. */
+  QString tabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context) const;
+
+
+  /** Returns the arguments passed to the shell process when run() is called. */
+  QStringList arguments() const;
+  /** Returns the program name of the shell process started when run() is called. */
+  QString program() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the command line arguments which the session's program will be passed when
+   * run() is called.
+   */
+  void setArguments(const QStringList& arguments);
+  /** Sets the program to be executed when run() is called. */
+  void setProgram(const QString& program);
+
+  /** Returns the session's current working directory. */
+  QString initialWorkingDirectory() { return _initialWorkingDir; }
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the initial working directory for the session when it is run
+   * This has no effect once the session has been started.
+   */
+  void setInitialWorkingDirectory( const QString& dir );
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the type of history store used by this session.
+   * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added
+   * to the history store.  The type of history store
+   * used affects the number of lines which can be
+   * remembered before they are lost and the storage
+   * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used.
+   */
+  void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type);
+  /**
+   * Returns the type of history store used by this session.
+   */
+  const HistoryType& historyType() const;
+  /**
+   * Clears the history store used by this session.
+   */
+  void clearHistory();
+
+  /**
+   * Enables monitoring for activity in the session.
+   * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted
+   * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is
+   * received from the terminal.
+   */
+  void setMonitorActivity(bool);
+  /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */
+  bool isMonitorActivity() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Enables monitoring for silence in the session.
+   * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted
+   * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not
+   * received from the terminal for a certain period of
+   * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds()
+   */
+  void setMonitorSilence(bool);
+  /**
+   * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence)
+   * in the session is enabled.
+   */
+  bool isMonitorSilence()  const;
+  /** See setMonitorSilence() */
+  void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the key bindings used by this session.  The bindings
+   * specify how input key sequences are translated into
+   * the character stream which is sent to the terminal.
+   *
+   * @param id The name of the key bindings to use.  The
+   * names of available key bindings can be determined using the
+   * KeyboardTranslatorManager class.
+   */
+  void setKeyBindings(const QString& id);
+  /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */
+  QString keyBindings() const;
+
+  /**
+   * This enum describes the available title roles.
+   */
+  enum TitleRole
+  {
+      /** The name of the session. */
+      NameRole,
+      /** The title of the session which is displayed in tabs etc. */
+      DisplayedTitleRole
+  };
+
+  /** Sets the session's title for the specified @p role to @p title. */
+  void setTitle(TitleRole role , const QString& title);
+  /** Returns the session's title for the specified @p role. */
+  QString title(TitleRole role) const;
+  /** Convenience method used to read the name property.  Returns title(Session::NameRole). */
+  QString nameTitle() const { return title(Session::NameRole); }
+
+  /** Sets the name of the icon associated with this session. */
+  void setIconName(const QString& iconName);
+  /** Returns the name of the icon associated with this session. */
+  QString iconName() const;
+
+  /** Sets the text of the icon associated with this session. */
+  void setIconText(const QString& iconText);
+  /** Returns the text of the icon associated with this session. */
+  QString iconText() const;
+
+  /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */
+  void setAddToUtmp(bool);
+
+  /** Sends the specified @p signal to the terminal process. */
+  bool sendSignal(int signal);
+
+  /**
+   * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal
+   * process terminates.
+   */
+  void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; }
+
+  /**
+   * Sets whether flow control is enabled for this terminal
+   * session.
+   */
+  void setFlowControlEnabled(bool enabled);
+
+  /** Returns whether flow control is enabled for this terminal session. */
+  bool flowControlEnabled() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program.
+   */
+  void sendText(const QString& text) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the process id of the terminal process.
+   * This is the id used by the system API to refer to the process.
+   */
+  int processId() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the process id of the terminal's foreground process.
+   * This is initially the same as processId() but can change
+   * as the user starts other programs inside the terminal.
+   */
+  int foregroundProcessId() const;
+
+  /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */
+  QSize size();
+  /**
+   * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate
+   * the specified window size.
+   *
+   * @param size The size in lines and columns to request.
+   */
+  void setSize(const QSize& size);
+
+  /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */
+  void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not.  The session
+   * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's
+   * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine
+   * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default.
+   *
+   * This has no effect once the session is running.
+   */
+  void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground);
+  /**
+   * Returns true if the session has a dark background.
+   * See setDarkBackground()
+   */
+  bool hasDarkBackground() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area.
+   * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the
+   * shell to redraw the prompt line.
+   */
+  void refresh();
+
+//  void startZModem(const QString &rz, const QString &dir, const QStringList &list);
+//  void cancelZModem();
+//  bool isZModemBusy() { return _zmodemBusy; }
+
+public slots:
+
+  /**
+   * Starts the terminal session.
+   *
+   * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it.
+   */
+  void run();
+
+  /**
+   * Closes the terminal session.  This sends a hangup signal
+   * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*)
+   * signal to be emitted.
+   */
+  void close();
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the session title or other customizable aspects of the terminal
+   * emulation display. For a list of what may be changed see the
+   * Emulation::titleChanged() signal.
+   */
+  void setUserTitle( int, const QString &caption );
+
+signals:
+
+  /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */
+  void started();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the terminal process exits.
+   */
+  void finished();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process.
+   */
+  void receivedData( const QString& text );
+
+  /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */
+  void titleChanged();
+
+  /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */
+  void profileChanged(const QString& profile);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes.
+   *
+   * @param state The new state of the session.  This may be one
+   * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY
+   */
+  void stateChanged(int state);
+
+  /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */
+  void bellRequest( const QString& message );
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with
+   * this session should be changed;
+   *
+   * TODO: Document what the parameter does
+   */
+  void changeTabTextColorRequest(int);
+
+  /**
+   * Requests that the background color of views on this session
+   * should be changed.
+   */
+  void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&);
+
+  /** TODO: Document me. */
+  void openUrlRequest(const QString& url);
+
+  /** TODO: Document me. */
+//  void zmodemDetected();
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change
+   * in the size of the terminal window.
+   *
+   * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns.
+   */
+  void resizeRequest(const QSize& size);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal.
+   *
+   * @param text The text of the command.  This is a string of the form
+   * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..."
+   */
+  void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text);
+
+ /**
+  * Emitted when the flow control state changes.
+  *
+  * @param enabled True if flow control is enabled or false otherwise.
+  */
+  void flowControlEnabledChanged(bool enabled);
+
+private slots:
+  void done(int);
+
+//  void fireZModemDetected();
+
+  void onReceiveBlock( const char* buffer, int len );
+  void monitorTimerDone();
+
+  void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width);
+  void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns);
+
+  void activityStateSet(int);
+
+  //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed
+  void viewDestroyed(QObject* view);
+
+//  void zmodemReadStatus();
+//  void zmodemReadAndSendBlock();
+//  void zmodemRcvBlock(const char *data, int len);
+//  void zmodemFinished();
+
+private:
+
+  void updateTerminalSize();
+  WId windowId() const;
+
+  int            _uniqueIdentifier;
+
+  Pty*          _shellProcess;
+  Emulation*    _emulation;
+
+  QList<TerminalDisplay*> _views;
+
+  bool           _monitorActivity;
+  bool           _monitorSilence;
+  bool           _notifiedActivity;
+  bool           _masterMode;
+  bool           _autoClose;
+  bool           _wantedClose;
+  QTimer*        _monitorTimer;
+
+  int            _silenceSeconds;
+
+  QString        _nameTitle;
+  QString        _displayTitle;
+  QString        _userTitle;
+
+  QString        _localTabTitleFormat;
+  QString        _remoteTabTitleFormat;
+
+  QString        _iconName;
+  QString        _iconText; // as set by: echo -en '\033]1;IconText\007
+  bool           _addToUtmp;
+  bool           _flowControl;
+  bool           _fullScripting;
+
+  QString        _program;
+  QStringList    _arguments;
+
+  QStringList    _environment;
+  int            _sessionId;
+
+  QString        _initialWorkingDir;
+
+  // ZModem
+//  bool           _zmodemBusy;
+//  KProcess*      _zmodemProc;
+//  ZModemDialog*  _zmodemProgress;
+
+  // Color/Font Changes by ESC Sequences
+
+  QColor         _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007
+
+  QString        _profileKey;
+
+  bool _hasDarkBackground;
+
+  static int lastSessionId;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Provides a group of sessions which is divided into master and slave sessions.
+ * Activity in master sessions can be propagated to all sessions within the group.
+ * The type of activity which is propagated and method of propagation is controlled
+ * by the masterMode() flags.
+ */
+class SessionGroup : public QObject
+{
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /** Constructs an empty session group. */
+    SessionGroup();
+    /** Destroys the session group and removes all connections between master and slave sessions. */
+    ~SessionGroup();
+
+    /** Adds a session to the group. */
+    void addSession( Session* session );
+    /** Removes a session from the group. */
+    void removeSession( Session* session );
+
+    /** Returns the list of sessions currently in the group. */
+    QList<Session*> sessions() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether a particular session is a master within the group.
+     * Changes or activity in the group's master sessions may be propagated
+     * to all the sessions in the group, depending on the current masterMode()
+     *
+     * @param session The session whoose master status should be changed.
+     * @param master True to make this session a master or false otherwise
+     */
+    void setMasterStatus( Session* session , bool master );
+    /** Returns the master status of a session.  See setMasterStatus() */
+    bool masterStatus( Session* session ) const;
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes the options for propagating certain activity or
+     * changes in the group's master sessions to all sessions in the group.
+     */
+    enum MasterMode
+    {
+        /**
+         * Any input key presses in the master sessions are sent to all
+         * sessions in the group.
+         */
+        CopyInputToAll = 1
+    };
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies which activity in the group's master sessions is propagated
+     * to all sessions in the group.
+     *
+     * @param mode A bitwise OR of MasterMode flags.
+     */
+    void setMasterMode( int mode );
+    /**
+     * Returns a bitwise OR of the active MasterMode flags for this group.
+     * See setMasterMode()
+     */
+    int masterMode() const;
+
+private:
+    void connectPair(Session* master , Session* other);
+    void disconnectPair(Session* master , Session* other);
+    void connectAll(bool connect);
+    QList<Session*> masters() const;
+
+    // maps sessions to their master status
+    QHash<Session*,bool> _sessions;
+
+    int _masterMode;
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif

libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "ShellCommand.h"
+
+//some versions of gcc(4.3) require explicit include
+#include <cstdlib>
+
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+// expands environment variables in 'text'
+// function copied from kdelibs/kio/kio/kurlcompletion.cpp
+static bool expandEnv(QString& text);
+
+ShellCommand::ShellCommand(const QString& fullCommand)
+{
+    bool inQuotes = false;
+
+    QString builder;
+
+    for ( int i = 0 ; i < fullCommand.count() ; i++ )
+    {
+        QChar ch = fullCommand[i];
+
+        const bool isLastChar = ( i == fullCommand.count() - 1 );
+        const bool isQuote = ( ch == '\'' || ch == '\"' );
+
+        if ( !isLastChar && isQuote )
+            inQuotes = !inQuotes;
+        else
+        { 
+            if ( (!ch.isSpace() || inQuotes) && !isQuote )
+                builder.append(ch);
+
+            if ( (ch.isSpace() && !inQuotes) || ( i == fullCommand.count()-1 ) )
+            {
+                _arguments << builder;      
+                builder.clear(); 
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+ShellCommand::ShellCommand(const QString& command , const QStringList& arguments)
+{
+    _arguments = arguments;
+    
+    if ( !_arguments.isEmpty() )
+        _arguments[0] == command;
+}
+QString ShellCommand::fullCommand() const
+{
+    return _arguments.join(QChar(' '));
+}
+QString ShellCommand::command() const
+{
+    if ( !_arguments.isEmpty() )
+        return _arguments[0];
+    else
+        return QString();
+}
+QStringList ShellCommand::arguments() const
+{
+    return _arguments;
+}
+bool ShellCommand::isRootCommand() const
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(0); // not implemented yet
+    return false;
+}
+bool ShellCommand::isAvailable() const
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(0); // not implemented yet
+    return false; 
+}
+QStringList ShellCommand::expand(const QStringList& items)
+{
+    QStringList result;
+
+    foreach( QString item , items )
+        result << expand(item);
+
+    return result;
+}
+QString ShellCommand::expand(const QString& text)
+{
+    QString result = text;
+    expandEnv(result);
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ * expandEnv
+ *
+ * Expand environment variables in text. Escaped '$' characters are ignored.
+ * Return true if any variables were expanded
+ */
+static bool expandEnv( QString &text )
+{
+	// Find all environment variables beginning with '$'
+	//
+	int pos = 0;
+
+	bool expanded = false;
+
+	while ( (pos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('$'), pos)) != -1 ) {
+
+		// Skip escaped '$'
+		//
+		if ( pos > 0 && text.at(pos-1) == QLatin1Char('\\') ) {
+			pos++;
+		}
+		// Variable found => expand
+		//
+		else {
+			// Find the end of the variable = next '/' or ' '
+			//
+			int pos2 = text.indexOf( QLatin1Char(' '), pos+1 );
+			int pos_tmp = text.indexOf( QLatin1Char('/'), pos+1 );
+
+			if ( pos2 == -1 || (pos_tmp != -1 && pos_tmp < pos2) )
+				pos2 = pos_tmp;
+
+			if ( pos2 == -1 )
+				pos2 = text.length();
+
+			// Replace if the variable is terminated by '/' or ' '
+			// and defined
+			//
+			if ( pos2 >= 0 ) {
+				int len	= pos2 - pos;
+				QString key	= text.mid( pos+1, len-1);
+				QString value =
+					QString::fromLocal8Bit( ::getenv(key.toLocal8Bit()) );
+
+				if ( !value.isEmpty() ) {
+					expanded = true;
+					text.replace( pos, len, value );
+					pos = pos + value.length();
+				}
+				else {
+					pos = pos2;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return expanded;
+}

libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SHELLCOMMAND_H
+#define SHELLCOMMAND_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QStringList>
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/** 
+ * A class to parse and extract information about shell commands. 
+ *
+ * ShellCommand can be used to:
+ *
+ * <ul>
+ *      <li>Take a command-line (eg "/bin/sh -c /path/to/my/script") and split it
+ *          into its component parts (eg. the command "/bin/sh" and the arguments
+ *          "-c","/path/to/my/script")
+ *      </li>
+ *      <li>Take a command and a list of arguments and combine them to 
+ *          form a complete command line.
+ *      </li>
+ *      <li>Determine whether the binary specified by a command exists in the
+ *          user's PATH.
+ *      </li>
+ *      <li>Determine whether a command-line specifies the execution of
+ *          another command as the root user using su/sudo etc.
+ *      </li>
+ * </ul> 
+ */
+class ShellCommand
+{
+public:
+    /**
+     * Constructs a ShellCommand from a command line.
+     *
+     * @param fullCommand The command line to parse.  
+     */
+    ShellCommand(const QString& fullCommand);
+    /**
+     * Constructs a ShellCommand with the specified @p command and @p arguments.
+     */
+    ShellCommand(const QString& command , const QStringList& arguments);
+
+    /** Returns the command. */
+    QString command() const;
+    /** Returns the arguments. */
+    QStringList arguments() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the full command line. 
+     */
+    QString fullCommand() const;
+
+    /** Returns true if this is a root command. */
+    bool isRootCommand() const;
+    /** Returns true if the program specified by @p command() exists. */
+    bool isAvailable() const;
+
+    /** Expands environment variables in @p text .*/
+    static QString expand(const QString& text);
+
+    /** Expands environment variables in each string in @p list. */
+    static QStringList expand(const QStringList& items);
+
+private:
+    QStringList _arguments;    
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // SHELLCOMMAND_H
+

libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+// Own
+#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h"
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QTextStream>
+
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder()
+ : _output(0)
+ , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true)
+{
+
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable)
+{
+    _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable;
+}
+bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const
+{
+    return _includeTrailingWhitespace;
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output)
+{
+   _output = output; 
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::end()
+{
+    _output = 0;
+}
+void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/
+							 )
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _output );
+
+	//TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property?
+
+	//note:  we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text
+	//stream a character at a time because it is more efficient.
+	//(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway)
+	QString plainText;
+	plainText.reserve(count);
+   
+    int outputCount = count;
+
+    // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the
+    // line
+    if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace )
+    {
+        for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--)
+        {
+            if ( characters[i].character != ' '  )
+                break;
+            else
+                outputCount--;
+        }
+    }
+
+	for (int i=0;i<outputCount;i++)
+	{
+		plainText.append( QChar(characters[i].character) );
+	}
+
+	*_output << plainText;
+}
+
+HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder() :
+        _output(0)
+	   ,_colorTable(base_color_table)
+       ,_innerSpanOpen(false)
+       ,_lastRendition(DEFAULT_RENDITION)
+{
+	
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output)
+{
+    _output = output;
+
+    QString text;
+
+	//open monospace span
+    openSpan(text,"font-family:monospace");
+
+    *output << text;
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::end()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _output );
+
+    QString text;
+
+    closeSpan(text);
+
+    *_output << text;
+
+    _output = 0;
+
+}
+
+//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height)
+void HTMLDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/
+							)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT( _output );
+
+	QString text;
+
+	int spaceCount = 0;
+		
+	for (int i=0;i<count;i++)
+	{
+		QChar ch(characters[i].character);
+
+		//check if appearance of character is different from previous char
+		if ( characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition  ||
+		     characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor  ||
+			 characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor )
+		{
+			if ( _innerSpanOpen )
+					closeSpan(text);
+
+			_lastRendition = characters[i].rendition;
+			_lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor;
+			_lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor;
+			
+			//build up style string
+			QString style;
+
+			if ( _lastRendition & RE_BOLD ||
+                             (_colorTable && characters[i].isBold(_colorTable)) )
+					style.append("font-weight:bold;");
+
+
+			if ( _lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE )
+					style.append("font-decoration:underline;");
+		
+			//colours - a colour table must have been defined first
+			if ( _colorTable )	
+			{
+				style.append( QString("color:%1;").arg(_lastForeColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) );
+
+				if (!characters[i].isTransparent(_colorTable))
+				{
+					style.append( QString("background-color:%1;").arg(_lastBackColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) );
+				}
+			}
+		
+			//open the span with the current style	
+			openSpan(text,style);
+			_innerSpanOpen = true;
+		}
+
+		//handle whitespace
+		if (ch.isSpace())
+			spaceCount++;
+		else
+			spaceCount = 0;
+		
+
+		//output current character
+		if (spaceCount < 2)
+		{
+			//escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are
+			if ( ch == '<' )
+				text.append("&lt;");
+			else if (ch == '>')
+					text.append("&gt;");
+			else	
+					text.append(ch);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			text.append("&nbsp;"); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead
+		}
+		
+	}
+
+	//close any remaining open inner spans
+	if ( _innerSpanOpen )
+		closeSpan(text);
+
+	//start new line
+	text.append("<br>");
+	
+	*_output << text;
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style)
+{
+	text.append( QString("<span style=\"%1\">").arg(style) );
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text)
+{
+	text.append("</span>");
+}
+
+void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table)
+{
+	_colorTable = table;
+}

libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
+#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H
+
+#include "Character.h"
+
+class QTextStream;
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+/**
+ * Base class for terminal character decoders
+ *
+ * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground
+ * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings.
+ *
+ * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or
+ * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. 
+ */
+class TerminalCharacterDecoder
+{
+public:
+	virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {}
+
+    /** Begin decoding characters.  The resulting text is appended to @p output. */
+    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0;
+    /** End decoding. */
+    virtual void end() = 0;
+
+	/**
+	 * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string
+	 * and writes the string into an output QTextStream.
+	 *
+	 * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count.
+	 * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line
+	 * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text
+	 */
+	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, 
+							int count,
+							LineProperty properties) = 0; 
+};
+
+/**
+ * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related
+ * properties of the original characters.
+ */
+class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder
+{
+public:
+	PlainTextDecoder(); 
+
+    /** 
+     * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included 
+     * in the output.
+     * Defaults to true.
+     */
+    void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable);
+    /**
+     * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included
+     * in the output.
+     */
+    bool trailingWhitespace() const;
+
+    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output);
+    virtual void end();
+
+	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters,
+							int count,
+							LineProperty properties);	
+
+    
+private:
+    QTextStream* _output;
+    bool _includeTrailingWhitespace;
+};
+
+/**
+ * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup
+ */
+class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder
+{
+public:
+	/** 
+	 * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme.
+	 */
+	HTMLDecoder();
+
+	/**
+	 * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its
+	 * output
+	 */
+	void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table );
+		
+	virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters,
+							int count,
+							LineProperty properties);
+
+    virtual void begin(QTextStream* output);
+    virtual void end();
+
+private:
+	void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style);
+	void closeSpan(QString& text);
+
+    QTextStream* _output;
+	const ColorEntry* _colorTable;
+    bool _innerSpanOpen; 
+	quint8 _lastRendition;
+	CharacterColor _lastForeColor;
+	CharacterColor _lastBackColor;
+
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif

libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h

@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef TERMINALDISPLAY_H
+#define TERMINALDISPLAY_H
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtGui/QColor>
+#include <QtCore/QPointer>
+#include <QtGui/QWidget>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Filter.h"
+#include "Character.h"
+#include "ColorTables.h"
+
+class QDrag;
+class QDragEnterEvent;
+class QDropEvent;
+class QLabel;
+class QTimer;
+class QEvent;
+class QFrame;
+class QGridLayout;
+class QKeyEvent;
+class QScrollBar;
+class QShowEvent;
+class QHideEvent;
+class QWidget;
+
+//class KMenu;
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32];
+
+class ScreenWindow;
+
+/**
+ * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity
+ * to the terminal.
+ *
+ * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, 
+ * it will update the display by calling updateImage().
+ *
+ * TODO More documentation
+ */
+class TerminalDisplay : public QWidget
+{
+   Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */
+    TerminalDisplay(QWidget *parent=0);
+    virtual ~TerminalDisplay();
+
+    /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */
+    const ColorEntry* colorTable() const;
+    /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */
+    void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]);
+    /**
+     * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display
+     * (in color schemes that support them).
+     */
+    void setRandomSeed(uint seed);
+    /**
+     * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display
+     * (in color schemes that support them).
+     */
+    uint randomSeed() const;
+
+    /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */
+    void setOpacity(qreal opacity);
+
+    /** 
+     * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget.
+     */
+    enum ScrollBarPosition 
+    { 
+        /** Do not show the scroll bar. */
+        NoScrollBar=0, 
+        /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */
+        ScrollBarLeft=1, 
+        /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */
+        ScrollBarRight=2 
+    };
+    /** 
+     * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it
+     * is shown on the left or right side of the display.
+     */
+    void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position);
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar.
+     *
+     * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb.
+     * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar.
+     */
+    void setScroll(int cursor, int lines);
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the display's filter chain.  When the image for the display is updated,
+     * the text is passed through each filter in the chain.  Each filter can define
+     * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words).
+     * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() )
+     * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent
+     * rectangles for markers.
+     *
+     * To add a new filter to the view, call:
+     *      viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject );
+     */
+    FilterChain* filterChain() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain.  This will cause
+     * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image.
+     *
+     * WARNING:  This function can be expensive depending on the 
+     * image size and number of filters in the filterChain()
+     *
+     * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage.  Revise it so
+     * that the processing can be done in a better way.
+     *
+     * eg:
+     *      - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering
+     *      over an area )
+     */  
+    void processFilters();
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content
+     * at the given @p position.
+     */
+    QList<QAction*> filterActions(const QPoint& position);
+
+    /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */
+    bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; }
+    /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */
+    void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink);
+
+    void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; }
+    bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; }
+
+	/** 
+     *  This enum describes the methods for selecting text when
+ 	 *  the user triple-clicks within the display. 
+ 	 */
+	enum TripleClickMode
+	{
+		/** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */
+		SelectWholeLine,
+		/** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */
+		SelectForwardsFromCursor
+	};
+    /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */	
+    void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; }
+	/** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */
+    TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; }
+
+    void setLineSpacing(uint);
+    uint lineSpacing() const;
+
+    void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn);
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor.
+     * See setKeyboardCursorShape()
+     */
+    enum KeyboardCursorShape
+    {
+        /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */
+        BlockCursor,
+        /** 
+         * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor
+         * character's area.
+         */
+        UnderlineCursor,
+        /** 
+         * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam 
+         * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors.
+         */
+        IBeamCursor
+    };
+    /** 
+     * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor.  This is the cursor drawn   
+     * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear.
+     *
+     * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for 
+     * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor()
+     * method.
+     *
+     * Defaults to BlockCursor
+     */
+    void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape);
+    /**
+     * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor.  See setKeyboardCursorShape()
+     */
+    KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor.  
+     *
+     * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character
+     * underneath it.
+     *
+     * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match
+     * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this
+     * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character
+     * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable.
+     * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor.  This is only taken into
+     * account if @p useForegroundColor is false.
+     */
+    void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color);
+
+    /** 
+     * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard
+     * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character
+     * underneath it. 
+     */
+    QColor keyboardCursorColor() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget.
+     *
+     * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font.
+     * See fontHeight()
+     */
+    int  lines()   { return _lines;   }
+    /**
+     * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on
+     * each line in the widget.
+     *
+     * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font.
+     * See fontWidth()
+     */
+    int  columns() { return _columns; }
+
+    /**
+     * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display.
+     */
+    int  fontHeight()   { return _fontHeight;   }
+    /**
+     * Returns the width of the characters in the display.  
+     * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font.
+     */
+    int  fontWidth()    { return _fontWidth; }
+
+    void setSize(int cols, int lins);
+    void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins);
+    
+    // reimplemented
+    QSize sizeHint() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, 
+     * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes
+     * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them.
+     *
+     * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which
+     * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc
+     *
+     * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts
+     * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ).
+     */
+    void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc);
+    /** 
+     * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the 
+     * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse.
+     *
+     * @see setWordCharacters()
+     */
+    QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; }
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the 
+     * terminal session.
+     *
+     * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with
+     * the alert message.
+     */
+    void setBellMode(int mode);
+    /** 
+     * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in
+     * the terminal session.
+     * 
+     * See setBellMode()
+     */
+    int bellMode() { return _bellMode; }
+
+    /**
+     * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which
+     * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal
+     * session.
+     */
+    enum BellMode
+    { 
+        /** A system beep. */
+        SystemBeepBell=0, 
+        /** 
+         * KDE notification.  This may play a sound, show a passive popup
+         * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings.
+         */
+        NotifyBell=1, 
+        /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */
+        VisualBell=2, 
+        /** No bell effects */
+        NoBell=3 
+    };
+
+    void setSelection(const QString &t);
+
+    /** 
+     * Reimplemented.  Has no effect.  Use setVTFont() to change the font
+     * used to draw characters in the display.
+     */
+    virtual void setFont(const QFont &);
+
+    /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */
+    QFont getVTFont() { return font(); }
+
+    /** 
+     * Sets the font used to draw the display.  Has no effect if @p font
+     * is larger than the size of the display itself.    
+     */
+    void setVTFont(const QFont& font);
+
+    /**
+     * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display
+     * is enabled or not.  Defaults to enabled.
+     */
+    static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; }
+    /** 
+     * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled.
+     */
+    static bool antialias()                 { return _antialiasText;   }
+    
+    /**
+     * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the 
+     * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
+     * is being resized.
+     */
+    void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; }
+    /** 
+     * Returns whether or not the current height and width of
+     * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget
+     * is being resized.
+     */
+    bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; }
+    /** 
+     * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly
+     * after the widget is first shown.
+     *
+     * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint()
+     */
+    void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; }
+
+    void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; }
+    bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; }
+
+    /**
+     * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.
+     * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the
+     * the associated terminal screen window.
+     *
+     * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered
+     * by the TerminalDisplay.
+     */
+    void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window );
+    /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget.  See setScreenWindow() */
+    ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const;
+
+    static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY;
+
+public slots:
+
+    /** 
+     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated
+     * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display.
+     */
+    void updateImage(); 
+    /**
+     * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the 
+     * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ).  
+     */ 
+    void updateLineProperties();
+
+    /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */
+    void copyClipboard();
+    /** 
+     * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the 
+     * display.
+     */
+    void pasteClipboard();
+    /**
+     * Pastes the content of the selection into the
+     * display.
+     */
+    void pasteSelection();
+
+	/** 
+ 	  * Changes whether the flow control warning box should be shown when the flow control
+ 	  * stop key (Ctrl+S) are pressed.
+ 	  */
+	void setFlowControlWarningEnabled(bool enabled);
+	
+    /** 
+	 * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal
+	 * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S)
+	 *
+	 * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should
+	 *				 	be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that
+	 *				 	the warning message should disappear.
+	 */ 
+	void outputSuspended(bool suspended);
+
+    /**
+     * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view
+     * is interested in mouse events.
+     *
+     * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags
+     * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view.
+     * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required
+     * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the 
+     * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse
+     * events itself.
+     *
+     * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events
+     * or false otherwise.
+     */
+    void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse);
+  
+    /** See setUsesMouse() */
+    bool usesMouse() const;
+
+    /** 
+     * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal.
+     * TODO: More documentation here
+     */
+    void bell(const QString& message);
+
+signals:
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus.
+     */
+    void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e);
+
+    /**
+     * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations 
+     * 
+     * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or
+     * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination)
+     */
+    void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend);
+    
+    /** 
+     * A mouse event occurred.
+     * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release)
+     * @param column The character column where the event occurred
+     * @param line The character row where the event occurred
+     * @param eventType The type of event.  0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion
+     */
+    void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType);
+    void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width);
+    void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width);
+
+    /** 
+     * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift
+     * key held down if usesMouse() is true.
+     *
+     * This can be used to display a context menu.
+     */
+    void configureRequest( TerminalDisplay*, int state, const QPoint& position );
+
+   void isBusySelecting(bool);
+   void sendStringToEmu(const char*);
+
+protected:
+    virtual bool event( QEvent * );
+
+    virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * );
+
+    virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*);
+    virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*);
+    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*);
+
+    virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font);
+
+    virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event);
+    virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev);
+    virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* );
+    virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* );
+    virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* );
+    virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos );
+    virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* );
+
+    virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next );
+    
+    // drag and drop
+    virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event);
+    virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event);
+    void doDrag();
+    enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging };
+
+    struct _dragInfo {
+      DragState       state;
+      QPoint          start;
+      QDrag           *dragObject;
+    } dragInfo;
+
+    virtual int charClass(quint16) const;
+
+    void clearImage();
+
+    void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev);
+
+    // reimplemented
+    virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event );
+    virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const;
+
+protected slots:
+
+    void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value);
+    void blinkEvent();
+    void blinkCursorEvent();
+    
+    //Renables bell noises and visuals.  Used to disable further bells for a short period of time
+    //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events.
+    void enableBell();
+
+private slots:
+
+    void swapColorTable();
+    void tripleClickTimeout();  // resets possibleTripleClick
+
+private:
+
+    // -- Drawing helpers --
+
+    // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into
+    // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls
+    // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments 
+    void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect);
+    // draws a section of text, all the text in this section
+    // has a common color and style
+    void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, 
+                          const QString& text, const Character* style); 
+    // draws the background for a text fragment
+    // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to
+    // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background
+    // will be drawn fully opaque
+    void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color,
+						bool useOpacitySetting);
+    // draws the cursor character
+    void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, 
+                                       const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors);
+    // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment
+    void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect,  const QString& text, 
+                                           const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor);
+    // draws a string of line graphics
+	void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, 
+                            const QString& str, const Character* attributes);
+
+    // draws the preedit string for input methods
+    void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect);
+
+    // --
+
+    // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget 
+    QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const;
+
+    // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) 
+    // of the character at that point.
+    void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const;
+
+    // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw
+    QRect preeditRect() const;
+
+    // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's
+    // current size in columns and lines
+    void showResizeNotification();
+
+    // scrolls the image by a number of lines.  
+    // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) 
+    // or negative ( to scroll the image up )
+    // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only
+    // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account,
+    // the left and right are ignored.
+    void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region);
+
+    void calcGeometry();
+    void propagateSize();
+    void updateImageSize();
+    void makeImage();
+    
+    void paintFilters(QPainter& painter);
+
+	// returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain
+	// a hotspot
+	QRegion hotSpotRegion() const;
+
+	// returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines
+	QPoint cursorPosition() const;
+
+    // the window onto the terminal screen which this display
+    // is currently showing.  
+    QPointer<ScreenWindow> _screenWindow;
+
+    bool _allowBell;
+
+    QGridLayout* _gridLayout;
+
+    bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch
+    int  _fontHeight;     // height
+    int  _fontWidth;     // width
+    int  _fontAscent;     // ascend
+
+    int _leftMargin;    // offset
+    int _topMargin;    // offset
+
+    int _lines;      // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget
+    int _columns;    // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget
+    
+    int _usedLines;  // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less
+                    // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
+                    // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
+
+    int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less
+                     // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller
+                     // than the maximum image size which can be displayed
+    
+    int _contentHeight;
+    int _contentWidth;
+    Character* _image; // [lines][columns]
+               // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data
+
+    int _imageSize;
+    QVector<LineProperty> _lineProperties;
+
+    ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS];
+    uint _randomSeed;
+
+    bool _resizing;
+    bool _terminalSizeHint;
+    bool _terminalSizeStartup;
+    bool _bidiEnabled;
+    bool _mouseMarks;
+
+    QPoint  _iPntSel; // initial selection point
+    QPoint  _pntSel; // current selection point
+    QPoint  _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker
+    int     _actSel; // selection state
+    bool    _wordSelectionMode;
+    bool    _lineSelectionMode;
+    bool    _preserveLineBreaks;
+    bool    _columnSelectionMode;
+
+    QClipboard*  _clipboard;
+    QScrollBar* _scrollBar;
+    ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation;
+    QString     _wordCharacters;
+    int         _bellMode;
+
+    bool _blinking;   // hide text in paintEvent
+    bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink
+    bool _cursorBlinking;     // hide cursor in paintEvent
+    bool _hasBlinkingCursor;  // has blinking cursor enabled
+    bool _ctrlDrag;           // require Ctrl key for drag
+    TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode;
+    bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked.
+    QTimer* _blinkTimer;  // active when hasBlinker
+    QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer;  // active when hasBlinkingCursor
+
+//    KMenu* _drop;
+    QString _dropText;
+    int _dndFileCount;
+
+    bool _possibleTripleClick;  // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted
+                               // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay
+
+
+    QLabel* _resizeWidget;
+    QTimer* _resizeTimer;
+
+	bool _flowControlWarningEnabled;
+
+    //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend
+    //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output
+    QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; 
+    	
+    uint _lineSpacing;
+
+    bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell
+
+    QSize _size;
+	
+    QRgb _blendColor;
+
+    // list of filters currently applied to the display.  used for links and
+    // search highlight
+    TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain;
+    QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea;
+
+    KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape;
+
+    // custom cursor color.  if this is invalid then the foreground
+    // color of the character under the cursor is used
+    QColor _cursorColor;  
+
+
+    struct InputMethodData
+    {
+        QString preeditString;
+        QRect previousPreeditRect;
+    };
+    InputMethodData _inputMethodData;
+
+    static bool _antialiasText;   // do we antialias or not
+
+    //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text
+    static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500;
+	static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1;
+	static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1;
+
+public:
+    static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable)
+    {
+        HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable;
+    }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // TERMINALDISPLAY_H

libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*
+    This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal.
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com>
+    Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+    02110-1301  USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H
+#define VT102EMULATION_H
+
+// Standard Library
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+// Qt 
+#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent>
+#include <QtCore/QHash>
+#include <QtCore/QTimer>
+
+// Konsole
+#include "Emulation.h"
+#include "Screen.h"
+
+#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0)
+#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1)
+#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2)
+#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3)
+#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4)
+#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5)
+#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6)
+#define MODE_Ansi      (MODES_SCREEN+7)
+#define MODE_total     (MODES_SCREEN+8)
+
+namespace Konsole
+{
+
+struct DECpar
+{
+  bool mode[MODE_total];
+};
+
+struct CharCodes
+{
+  // coding info
+  char charset[4]; //
+  int  cu_cs;      // actual charset.
+  bool graphic;    // Some VT100 tricks
+  bool pound  ;    // Some VT100 tricks
+  bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic
+  bool sa_pound;   // saved pound
+};
+
+/**
+ * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal.
+ * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/
+ * 
+ * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide 
+ * features such as mouse input handling.
+ * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape
+ * sequences. 
+ *
+ */
+class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation
+{ 
+Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+
+  /** Constructs a new emulation */
+  Vt102Emulation();
+  ~Vt102Emulation();
+  
+  // reimplemented
+  virtual void clearEntireScreen();
+  virtual void reset();
+  
+  // reimplemented
+  virtual char getErase() const;
+  
+public slots: 
+
+  // reimplemented 
+  virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1);
+  virtual void sendText(const QString& text);
+  virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*);
+  virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType );
+  
+protected:
+  // reimplemented
+  virtual void setMode    (int mode);
+  virtual void resetMode  (int mode);
+
+  // reimplemented 
+  virtual void receiveChar(int cc);
+  
+
+private slots:
+		
+  //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates
+  //used to buffer multiple title updates
+  void updateTitle();
+
+
+private:
+  unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c);
+  void setCharset(int n, int cs);
+  void useCharset(int n);
+  void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs);
+  void saveCursor();
+  void restoreCursor();
+  void resetCharset(int scrno);
+
+  void setMargins(int top, int bottom);
+  //set margins for all screens back to their defaults
+  void setDefaultMargins();
+
+  // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise
+  bool getMode    (int mode);
+  // saves the current boolean value of 'mode'
+  void saveMode   (int mode);
+  // restores the boolean value of 'mode' 
+  void restoreMode(int mode);
+  // resets all modes
+  void resetModes();
+
+  void resetToken();
+#define MAXPBUF 80
+  void pushToToken(int cc);
+  int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow?
+  int ppos;
+#define MAXARGS 15
+  void addDigit(int dig);
+  void addArgument();
+  int argv[MAXARGS];
+  int argc;
+  void initTokenizer();
+  int tbl[256];
+
+  void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename
+  void ReportErrorToken();   //FIXME: rename
+
+  void tau(int code, int p, int q);
+  void XtermHack();
+
+  void reportTerminalType();
+  void reportSecondaryAttributes();
+  void reportStatus();
+  void reportAnswerBack();
+  void reportCursorPosition();
+  void reportTerminalParms(int p);
+
+  void onScrollLock();
+  void scrollLock(const bool lock);
+
+  // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified
+  // number of columns
+  void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount);
+
+  CharCodes _charset[2];
+
+  DECpar _currParm;
+  DECpar _saveParm;
+
+  //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance 
+  //to update the name of the session
+  //or window title.
+  //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the 
+  //output from the terminal
+  QHash<int,QString> _pendingTitleUpdates;
+  QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer;
+  
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif // VT102EMULATION_H

libs/qtermwidget/default.keytab

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+# [README.default.Keytab] Buildin Keyboard Table
+#
+# To customize your keyboard, copy this file to something
+# ending with .keytab and change it to meet you needs.
+# Please read the README.KeyTab and the README.keyboard
+# in this case.
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+keyboard "Default (XFree 4)"
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Note that this particular table is a "risc" version made to
+# ease customization without bothering with obsolete details.
+# See VT100.keytab for the more hairy stuff.
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# common keys
+
+key Escape             : "\E"
+
+key Tab   -Shift       : "\t"
+key Tab   +Shift+Ansi  : "\E[Z"
+key Tab   +Shift-Ansi  : "\t"
+key Backtab     +Ansi  : "\E[Z"
+key Backtab     -Ansi  : "\t"
+
+key Return-Shift-NewLine : "\r"
+key Return-Shift+NewLine : "\r\n"
+
+key Return+Shift         : "\EOM"
+
+# Backspace and Delete codes are preserving CTRL-H.
+
+key Backspace      : "\x7f"
+
+# Arrow keys in VT52 mode
+# shift up/down are reserved for scrolling.
+# shift left/right are reserved for switching between tabs (this is hardcoded).
+
+key Up   -Shift-Ansi : "\EA"
+key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB"
+key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC"
+key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED"
+
+# Arrow keys in ANSI mode with Application - and Normal Cursor Mode)
+
+key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOA"
+key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOB"
+key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOC"
+key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOD"
+
+key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[A"
+key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[B"
+key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[C"
+key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[D"
+
+key Up    -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*A"
+key Down  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*B"
+key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*C"
+key Left  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*D"
+
+# other grey PC keys
+
+key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n"
+key Enter-NewLine : "\r"
+
+key Home        -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : "\E[H"  
+key End         -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : "\E[F"  
+key Home        -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : "\EOH"  
+key End         -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : "\EOF"  
+key Home        +AnyMod                          : "\E[1;*H"
+key End         +AnyMod                          : "\E[1;*F"
+
+key Insert      -AnyMod                          : "\E[2~"
+key Delete      -AnyMod                          : "\E[3~"
+key Insert      +AnyMod                          : "\E[2;*~"
+key Delete      +AnyMod                          : "\E[3;*~"
+
+key Prior -Shift-AnyMod                          : "\E[5~"
+key Next  -Shift-AnyMod                          : "\E[6~"
+key Prior -Shift+AnyMod                          : "\E[5;*~"
+key Next  -Shift+AnyMod                          : "\E[6;*~"
+
+# Function keys
+key F1          -AnyMod                          : "\EOP"
+key F2          -AnyMod                          : "\EOQ"
+key F3          -AnyMod                          : "\EOR"
+key F4          -AnyMod                          : "\EOS"
+key F5          -AnyMod                          : "\E[15~"
+key F6          -AnyMod                          : "\E[17~"
+key F7          -AnyMod                          : "\E[18~"
+key F8          -AnyMod                          : "\E[19~"
+key F9          -AnyMod                          : "\E[20~"
+key F10         -AnyMod                          : "\E[21~"
+key F11         -AnyMod                          : "\E[23~"
+key F12         -AnyMod                          : "\E[24~"
+
+key F1          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*P"
+key F2          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*Q"
+key F3          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*R"
+key F4          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*S"
+key F5          +AnyMod                          : "\E[15;*~"
+key F6          +AnyMod                          : "\E[17;*~"
+key F7          +AnyMod                          : "\E[18;*~"
+key F8          +AnyMod                          : "\E[19;*~"
+key F9          +AnyMod                          : "\E[20;*~"
+key F10         +AnyMod                          : "\E[21;*~"
+key F11         +AnyMod                          : "\E[23;*~"
+key F12         +AnyMod                          : "\E[24;*~"
+
+# Work around dead keys
+
+key Space +Control : "\x00"
+
+# Some keys are used by konsole to cause operations.
+# The scroll* operations refer to the history buffer.
+
+key Up    +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineUp
+key Prior +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageUp
+key Down  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineDown
+key Next  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageDown
+
+key ScrollLock     : scrollLock
+
+# keypad characters are not offered differently by Qt.

libs/qtermwidget/k3process.h

@@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at)
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef K3PROCESS_H
+#define K3PROCESS_H
+
+#include <QtCore/QObject>
+
+#include <sys/types.h> // for pid_t
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+class QSocketNotifier;
+class K3ProcessPrivate;
+class KPty;
+
+/**
+ * @obsolete Use KProcess and KPtyProcess instead.
+ *
+ * Child process invocation, monitoring and control.
+ * This class works only in the application's main thread.
+ *
+ * <b>General usage and features:</b>\n
+ *
+ * This class allows a KDE application to start child processes without having
+ * to worry about UN*X signal handling issues and zombie process reaping.
+ *
+ * @see K3ProcIO
+ *
+ * Basically, this class distinguishes three different ways of running
+ * child processes:
+ *
+ * @li  DontCare -- The child process is invoked and both the child
+ * process and the parent process continue concurrently.
+ *
+ * The process is started in an own session (see setsid(2)).
+ *
+ * @li  NotifyOnExit -- The child process is invoked and both the
+ * child and the parent process run concurrently.
+ *
+ * When the child process exits, the K3Process instance
+ * corresponding to it emits the Qt signal processExited().
+ * Since this signal is @em not emitted from within a UN*X
+ * signal handler, arbitrary function calls can be made.
+ *
+ * Be aware: When the K3Process object gets destructed, the child
+ * process will be killed if it is still running!
+ * This means in particular, that it usually makes no sense to use
+ * a K3Process on the stack with NotifyOnExit.
+ *
+ * @li  OwnGroup -- like NotifyOnExit, but the child process is started
+ * in an own process group (and an own session, FWIW). The behavior of
+ * kill() changes to killing the whole process group - this makes
+ * this mode useful for implementing primitive job management. It can be
+ * used to work around broken wrapper scripts that don't propagate signals
+ * to the "real" program. However, use this with care, as you disturb the
+ * shell's job management if your program is started from the command line.
+ *
+ * @li  Block -- The child process starts and the parent process
+ * is suspended until the child process exits. (@em Really not recommended
+ * for programs with a GUI.)
+ * In this mode the parent can read the child's output, but can't send it any
+ * input.
+ *
+ * K3Process also provides several functions for determining the exit status
+ * and the pid of the child process it represents.
+ *
+ * Furthermore it is possible to supply command-line arguments to the process
+ * in a clean fashion (no null-terminated stringlists and such...)
+ *
+ * A small usage example:
+ * \code
+ *   K3Process *proc = new K3Process;
+ *
+ *   *proc << "my_executable";
+ *   *proc << "These" << "are" << "the" << "command" << "line" << "args";
+ *   QApplication::connect(proc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)),
+ *                         pointer_to_my_object, SLOT(my_objects_slot(K3Process *)));
+ *   proc->start();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * This will start "my_executable" with the commandline arguments "These"...
+ *
+ * When the child process exits, the slot will be invoked.
+ *
+ * <b>Communication with the child process:</b>\n
+ *
+ * K3Process supports communication with the child process through
+ * stdin/stdout/stderr.
+ *
+ * The following functions are provided for getting data from the child
+ * process or sending data to the child's stdin (For more information,
+ * have a look at the documentation of each function):
+ *
+ * @li writeStdin()
+ *  -- Transmit data to the child process' stdin. When all data was sent, the
+ * signal wroteStdin() is emitted.
+ *
+ * @li When data arrives at stdout or stderr, the signal receivedStdout()
+ * resp. receivedStderr() is emitted.
+ *
+ * @li You can shut down individual communication channels with
+ * closeStdin(), closeStdout(), and closeStderr(), resp.
+ *
+ * @author Christian Czezatke e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at
+ *
+ **/
+class K3Process : public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Modes in which the communication channels can be opened.
+   *
+   * If communication for more than one channel is required,
+   * the values should be or'ed together, for example to get
+   * communication with stdout as well as with stdin, you would
+   * specify @p Stdin | @p Stdout
+   *
+   */
+  enum CommunicationFlag {
+       NoCommunication = 0, /**< No communication with the process. */
+       Stdin = 1, /**< Connect to write to the process with writeStdin(). */
+       Stdout = 2, /**< Connect to read from the process' output. */
+       Stderr = 4, /**< Connect to read from the process' stderr. */
+       AllOutput = 6, /**< Connects to all output channels. */
+       All = 7, /**< Connects to all channels. */
+       NoRead = 8, /**< If specified with Stdout, no data is actually read from stdout,
+                    * only the signal receivedStdout(int fd, int &len) is emitted. */
+       CTtyOnly = NoRead, /**< Tells setUsePty() to create a PTY for the process
+                           * and make it the process' controlling TTY, but does not
+                           * redirect any I/O channel to the PTY. */
+       MergedStderr = 16  /**< If specified with Stdout, the process' stderr will be
+                           * redirected onto the same file handle as its stdout, i.e.,
+                           * all error output will be signalled with receivedStdout().
+                           * Don't specify Stderr if you specify MergedStderr. */
+  };
+
+  Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Communication, CommunicationFlag)
+
+  /**
+   * Run-modes for a child process.
+   */
+  enum RunMode {
+      /**
+       * The application does not receive notifications from the subprocess when
+       * it is finished or aborted.
+       */
+       DontCare,
+       /**
+        * The application is notified when the subprocess dies.
+        */
+       NotifyOnExit,
+       /**
+        * The application is suspended until the started process is finished.
+        */
+       Block,
+       /**
+        * Same as NotifyOnExit, but the process is run in an own session,
+        * just like with DontCare.
+        */
+       OwnGroup
+  };
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor
+   */
+  explicit K3Process( QObject* parent=0L );
+
+  /**
+   *Destructor:
+   *
+   *  If the process is running when the destructor for this class
+   *  is called, the child process is killed with a SIGKILL, but
+   *  only if the run mode is not of type @p DontCare.
+   *  Processes started as @p DontCare keep running anyway.
+  */
+  virtual ~K3Process();
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the executable and the command line argument list for this process.
+   *
+   * For example, doing an "ls -l /usr/local/bin" can be achieved by:
+   *  \code
+   *  K3Process p;
+   *  ...
+   *  p << "ls" << "-l" << "/usr/local/bin"
+   *  \endcode
+   *
+   * @param arg the argument to add
+   * @return a reference to this K3Process
+   **/
+  K3Process &operator<<(const QString& arg);
+  /**
+   * Similar to previous method, takes a char *, supposed to be in locale 8 bit already.
+   */
+  K3Process &operator<<(const char * arg);
+  /**
+   * Similar to previous method, takes a QByteArray, supposed to be in locale 8 bit already.
+   * @param arg the argument to add
+   * @return a reference to this K3Process
+   */
+  K3Process &operator<<(const QByteArray & arg);
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the executable and the command line argument list for this process,
+   * in a single method call, or add a list of arguments.
+   * @param args the arguments to add
+   * @return a reference to this K3Process
+   **/
+  K3Process &operator<<(const QStringList& args);
+
+  /**
+   * Clear a command line argument list that has been set by using
+   * operator<<.
+  */
+  void clearArguments();
+
+  /**
+   *  Starts the process.
+   *  For a detailed description of the
+   *  various run modes and communication semantics, have a look at the
+   *  general description of the K3Process class. Note that if you use
+   * setUsePty( Stdout | Stderr, \<bool\> ), you cannot use Stdout | Stderr
+   *  here - instead, use Stdout only to receive the mixed output.
+   *
+   *  The following problems could cause this function to
+   *    return false:
+   *
+   *  @li The process is already running.
+   *  @li The command line argument list is empty.
+   *  @li The the @p comm parameter is incompatible with the selected pty usage.
+   *  @li The starting of the process failed (could not fork).
+   *  @li The executable was not found.
+   *
+   *  @param runmode The Run-mode for the process.
+   *  @param comm  Specifies which communication channels should be
+   *  established to the child process (stdin/stdout/stderr). By default,
+   *  no communication takes place and the respective communication
+   *  signals will never get emitted.
+   *
+   *  @return true on success, false on error
+   *  (see above for error conditions)
+   **/
+  virtual bool start(RunMode  runmode = NotifyOnExit,
+                     Communication comm = NoCommunication);
+
+  /**
+   * Stop the process (by sending it a signal).
+   *
+   * @param signo The signal to send. The default is SIGTERM.
+   * @return true if the signal was delivered successfully.
+  */
+  virtual bool kill(int signo = SIGTERM);
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the process is running.
+   * @return true if the process is (still) considered to be running
+  */
+  bool isRunning() const;
+
+  /** Returns the process id of the process.
+   *
+   * If it is called after
+   * the process has exited, it returns the process id of the last
+   *  child process that was created by this instance of K3Process.
+   *
+   *  Calling it before any child process has been started by this
+   *  K3Process instance causes pid() to return 0.
+   * @return the pid of the process or 0 if no process has been started yet.
+   **/
+  pid_t pid() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Suspend processing of data from stdout of the child process.
+   */
+  void suspend();
+
+  /**
+   * Resume processing of data from stdout of the child process.
+   */
+  void resume();
+
+  /**
+   * Suspend execution of the current thread until the child process dies
+   * or the timeout hits. This function is not recommended for programs
+   * with a GUI.
+   * @param timeout timeout in seconds. -1 means wait indefinitely.
+   * @return true if the process exited, false if the timeout hit.
+   */
+  bool wait(int timeout = -1);
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the process exited cleanly.
+   *
+   * @return true if the process has already finished and has exited
+   *  "voluntarily", ie: it has not been killed by a signal.
+   */
+  bool normalExit() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether the process was killed by a signal.
+   *
+   * @return true if the process has already finished and has not exited
+   * "voluntarily", ie: it has been killed by a signal.
+   */
+  bool signalled() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Checks whether a killed process dumped core.
+   *
+   * @return true if signalled() returns true and the process
+   * dumped core. Note that on systems that don't define the
+   * WCOREDUMP macro, the return value is always false.
+   */
+  bool coreDumped() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the exit status of the process.
+   *
+   * @return the exit status of the process. Note that this value
+   * is not valid if normalExit() returns false.
+   */
+  int exitStatus() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the signal the process was killed by.
+   *
+   * @return the signal number that caused the process to exit.
+   * Note that this value is not valid if signalled() returns false.
+   */
+  int exitSignal() const;
+
+  /**
+   *	 Transmit data to the child process' stdin.
+   *
+   * This function may return false in the following cases:
+   *
+   *     @li The process is not currently running.
+   * This implies that you cannot use this function in Block mode.
+   *
+   *     @li Communication to stdin has not been requested in the start() call.
+   *
+   *     @li Transmission of data to the child process by a previous call to
+   * writeStdin() is still in progress.
+   *
+   * Please note that the data is sent to the client asynchronously,
+   * so when this function returns, the data might not have been
+   * processed by the child process.
+   * That means that you must not free @p buffer or call writeStdin()
+   * again until either a wroteStdin() signal indicates that the
+   * data has been sent or a processExited() signal shows that
+   * the child process is no longer alive.
+   *
+   * If all the data has been sent to the client, the signal
+   * wroteStdin() will be emitted.
+   *
+   * This function does not work when the process is start()ed in Block mode.
+   *
+   * @param buffer the buffer to write
+   * @param buflen the length of the buffer
+   * @return false if an error has occurred
+   **/
+  bool writeStdin(const char *buffer, int buflen);
+
+  /**
+   * Shuts down the Stdin communication link. If no pty is used, this
+   * causes "EOF" to be indicated on the child's stdin file descriptor.
+   *
+   * @return false if no Stdin communication link exists (any more).
+   */
+  bool closeStdin();
+
+  /**
+   * Shuts down the Stdout communication link. If no pty is used, any further
+   * attempts by the child to write to its stdout file descriptor will cause
+   * it to receive a SIGPIPE.
+   *
+   * @return false if no Stdout communication link exists (any more).
+   */
+  bool closeStdout();
+
+  /**
+   * Shuts down the Stderr communication link. If no pty is used, any further
+   * attempts by the child to write to its stderr file descriptor will cause
+   * it to receive a SIGPIPE.
+   *
+   * @return false if no Stderr communication link exists (any more).
+   */
+  bool closeStderr();
+
+  /**
+   * Deletes the optional utmp entry and closes the pty.
+   *
+   * Make sure to shut down any communication links that are using the pty
+   * before calling this function.
+   *
+   * @return false if the pty is not open (any more).
+   */
+  bool closePty();
+
+  /**
+   * @brief Close stdin, stdout, stderr and the pty
+   *
+   * This is the same that calling all close* functions in a row:
+   * @see closeStdin, @see closeStdout, @see closeStderr and @see closePty
+   */
+  void closeAll();
+
+  /**
+   * Lets you see what your arguments are for debugging.
+   * @return the list of arguments
+   */
+  const QList<QByteArray> &args() /* const */ { return arguments; }
+
+  /**
+   * Controls whether the started process should drop any
+   * setuid/setgid privileges or whether it should keep them.
+   * Note that this function is mostly a dummy, as the KDE libraries
+   * currently refuse to run with setuid/setgid privileges.
+   *
+   * The default is false: drop privileges
+   * @param keepPrivileges true to keep the privileges
+   */
+  void setRunPrivileged(bool keepPrivileges);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns whether the started process will drop any
+   * setuid/setgid privileges or whether it will keep them.
+   * @return true if the process runs privileged
+   */
+  bool runPrivileged() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Adds the variable @p name to the process' environment.
+   * This function must be called before starting the process.
+   * @param name the name of the environment variable
+   * @param value the new value for the environment variable
+   */
+  void setEnvironment(const QString &name, const QString &value);
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the current working directory (CWD) of the process
+   * to be started.
+   * This function must be called before starting the process.
+   * @param dir the new directory
+   */
+  void setWorkingDirectory(const QString &dir);
+
+  /**
+   * Specify whether to start the command via a shell or directly.
+   * The default is to start the command directly.
+   * If @p useShell is true @p shell will be used as shell, or
+   * if shell is empty, /bin/sh will be used.
+   *
+   * When using a shell, the caller should make sure that all filenames etc.
+   * are properly quoted when passed as argument.
+   * @see quote()
+   * @param useShell true if the command should be started via a shell
+   * @param shell the path to the shell that will execute the process, or
+   *              0 to use /bin/sh. Use getenv("SHELL") to use the user's
+   *              default shell, but note that doing so is usually a bad idea
+   *              for shell compatibility reasons.
+   */
+  void setUseShell(bool useShell, const char *shell = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * This function can be used to quote an argument string such that
+   * the shell processes it properly. This is e. g. necessary for
+   * user-provided file names which may contain spaces or quotes.
+   * It also prevents expansion of wild cards and environment variables.
+   * @param arg the argument to quote
+   * @return the quoted argument
+   */
+  static QString quote(const QString &arg);
+
+  /**
+   * Detaches K3Process from child process. All communication is closed.
+   * No exit notification is emitted any more for the child process.
+   * Deleting the K3Process will no longer kill the child process.
+   * Note that the current process remains the parent process of the
+   * child process.
+   */
+  void detach();
+
+  /**
+   * Specify whether to create a pty (pseudo-terminal) for running the
+   * command.
+   * This function should be called before starting the process.
+   *
+   * @param comm for which stdio handles to use a pty. Note that it is not
+   *  allowed to specify Stdout and Stderr at the same time both here and to
+   * start (there is only one pty, so they cannot be distinguished).
+   * @param addUtmp true if a utmp entry should be created for the pty
+   */
+  void setUsePty(Communication comm, bool addUtmp);
+
+  /**
+   * Obtains the pty object used by this process. The return value is
+   * valid only after setUsePty() was used with a non-zero argument.
+   * The pty is open only while the process is running.
+   * @return a pointer to the pty object
+   */
+  KPty *pty() const;
+
+  /**
+   * More or less intuitive constants for use with setPriority().
+   */
+  enum { PrioLowest = 20, PrioLow = 10, PrioLower = 5, PrioNormal = 0,
+    PrioHigher = -5, PrioHigh = -10, PrioHighest = -19 };
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the scheduling priority of the process.
+   * @param prio the new priority in the range -20 (high) to 19 (low).
+   * @return false on error; see setpriority(2) for possible reasons.
+   */
+  bool setPriority(int prio);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+  /**
+   * Emitted after the process has terminated when
+   * the process was run in the @p NotifyOnExit  (==default option to
+   * start() ) or the Block mode.
+   * @param proc a pointer to the process that has exited
+   **/
+  void processExited(K3Process *proc);
+
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted, when output from the child process has
+   * been received on stdout.
+   *
+   * To actually get this signal, the Stdout communication link
+   * has to be turned on in start().
+   *
+   * @param proc a pointer to the process that has received the output
+   * @param buffer The data received.
+   * @param buflen The number of bytes that are available.
+   *
+   * You should copy the information contained in @p buffer to your private
+   * data structures before returning from the slot.
+   * Example:
+   * \code
+   *     QString myBuf = QLatin1String(buffer, buflen);
+   * \endcode
+   **/
+  void receivedStdout(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted when output from the child process has
+   * been received on stdout.
+   *
+   * To actually get this signal, the Stdout communication link
+   * has to be turned on in start() and the
+   * NoRead flag must have been passed.
+   *
+   * You will need to explicitly call resume() after your call to start()
+   * to begin processing data from the child process' stdout.  This is
+   * to ensure that this signal is not emitted when no one is connected
+   * to it, otherwise this signal will not be emitted.
+   *
+   * The data still has to be read from file descriptor @p fd.
+   * @param fd the file descriptor that provides the data
+   * @param len the number of bytes that have been read from @p fd must
+   *  be written here
+   **/
+  void receivedStdout(int fd, int &len); // KDE4: change, broken API
+
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted, when output from the child process has
+   * been received on stderr.
+   *
+   * To actually get this signal, the Stderr communication link
+   * has to be turned on in start().
+   *
+   * You should copy the information contained in @p buffer to your private
+   * data structures before returning from the slot.
+   *
+   * @param proc a pointer to the process that has received the data
+   * @param buffer The data received.
+   * @param buflen The number of bytes that are available.
+   **/
+  void receivedStderr(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen);
+
+  /**
+   * Emitted after all the data that has been
+   * specified by a prior call to writeStdin() has actually been
+   * written to the child process.
+   * @param proc a pointer to the process
+   **/
+  void wroteStdin(K3Process *proc);
+
+
+protected Q_SLOTS:
+
+ /**
+  * This slot gets activated when data from the child's stdout arrives.
+  * It usually calls childOutput().
+  * @param fdno the file descriptor for the output
+  */
+  void slotChildOutput(int fdno);
+
+ /**
+  * This slot gets activated when data from the child's stderr arrives.
+  * It usually calls childError().
+  * @param fdno the file descriptor for the output
+  */
+  void slotChildError(int fdno);
+
+  /**
+   * Called when another bulk of data can be sent to the child's
+   * stdin. If there is no more data to be sent to stdin currently
+   * available, this function must disable the QSocketNotifier innot.
+   * @param dummy ignore this argument
+   */
+  void slotSendData(int dummy);	// KDE 4: remove dummy
+
+protected:
+
+  /**
+   * Sets up the environment according to the data passed via
+   * setEnvironment()
+   */
+  void setupEnvironment();
+
+  /**
+   * The list of the process' command line arguments. The first entry
+   * in this list is the executable itself.
+   */
+  QList<QByteArray> arguments;
+  /**
+   * How to run the process (Block, NotifyOnExit, DontCare). You should
+   *  not modify this data member directly from derived classes.
+   */
+  RunMode run_mode;
+  /**
+   * true if the process is currently running. You should not
+   * modify this data member directly from derived classes. Please use
+   * isRunning() for reading the value of this data member since it
+   * will probably be made private in later versions of K3Process.
+   */
+  bool runs;
+
+  /**
+   * The PID of the currently running process.
+   * You should not modify this data member in derived classes.
+   * Please use pid() instead of directly accessing this
+   * member since it will probably be made private in
+   * later versions of K3Process.
+   */
+  pid_t pid_;
+
+  /**
+   * The process' exit status as returned by waitpid(). You should not
+   * modify the value of this data member from derived classes. You should
+   * rather use exitStatus() than accessing this data member directly
+   * since it will probably be made private in further versions of
+   * K3Process.
+   */
+  int status;
+
+
+  /**
+   * If false, the child process' effective uid & gid will be reset to the
+   * real values.
+   * @see setRunPrivileged()
+   */
+  bool keepPrivs;
+
+  /**
+   * This function is called from start() right before a fork() takes
+   * place. According to the @p comm parameter this function has to initialize
+   * the in, out and err data members of K3Process.
+   *
+   * This function should return 1 if setting the needed communication channels
+   * was successful.
+   *
+   * The default implementation is to create UNIX STREAM sockets for the
+   * communication, but you could reimplement this function to establish a
+   * TCP/IP communication for network communication, for example.
+   */
+  virtual int setupCommunication(Communication comm);
+
+  /**
+   * Called right after a (successful) fork() on the parent side. This function
+   * will usually do some communications cleanup, like closing in[0],
+   * out[1] and out[1].
+   *
+   * Furthermore, it must also create the QSocketNotifiers innot,
+   * outnot and errnot and connect their Qt signals to the respective
+   * K3Process slots.
+   *
+   * For a more detailed explanation, it is best to have a look at the default
+   * implementation in kprocess.cpp.
+   */
+  virtual int commSetupDoneP();
+
+  /**
+   * Called right after a (successful) fork(), but before an exec() on the child
+   * process' side. It usually duplicates the in[0], out[1] and
+   * err[1] file handles to the respective standard I/O handles.
+   */
+  virtual int commSetupDoneC();
+
+
+  /**
+   * Immediately called after a successfully started process in NotifyOnExit
+   * mode has exited. This function normally calls commClose()
+   * and emits the processExited() signal.
+   * @param state the exit code of the process as returned by waitpid()
+   */
+  virtual void processHasExited(int state);
+
+  /**
+   * Cleans up the communication links to the child after it has exited.
+   * This function should act upon the values of pid() and runs.
+   * See the kprocess.cpp source for details.
+   * @li If pid() returns zero, the communication links should be closed
+   *  only.
+   * @li if pid() returns non-zero and runs is false, all data
+   *  immediately available from the communication links should be processed
+   *  before closing them.
+   * @li if pid() returns non-zero and runs is true, the communication
+   *  links should be monitored for data until the file handle returned by
+   *  K3ProcessController::theKProcessController->notifierFd() becomes ready
+   *  for reading - when it triggers, runs should be reset to false, and
+   *  the function should be immediately left without closing anything.
+   *
+   * The previous semantics of this function are forward-compatible, but should
+   * be avoided, as they are prone to race conditions and can cause K3Process
+   * (and thus the whole program) to lock up under certain circumstances. At the
+   * end the function closes the communication links in any case. Additionally
+   * @li if runs is true, the communication links are monitored for data
+   *  until all of them have returned EOF. Note that if any system function is
+   *  interrupted (errno == EINTR) the polling loop should be aborted.
+   * @li if runs is false, all data immediately available from the
+   *  communication links is processed.
+   */
+  virtual void commClose();
+
+  /* KDE 4 - commClose will be changed to perform cleanup only in all cases *
+   * If @p notfd is -1, all data immediately available from the
+   *  communication links should be processed.
+   * If @p notfd is not -1, the communication links should be monitored
+   *  for data until the file handle @p notfd becomes ready for reading.
+   */
+//  virtual void commDrain(int notfd);
+
+  /**
+   * Specify the actual executable that should be started (first argument to execve)
+   * Normally the the first argument is the executable but you can
+   * override that with this function.
+   */
+  void setBinaryExecutable(const char *filename);
+
+  /**
+   * The socket descriptors for stdout.
+   */
+  int out[2];
+  /**
+   * The socket descriptors for stdin.
+   */
+  int in[2];
+  /**
+   * The socket descriptors for stderr.
+   */
+  int err[2];
+
+  /**
+   * The socket notifier for in[1].
+   */
+  QSocketNotifier *innot;
+  /**
+   * The socket notifier for out[0].
+   */
+  QSocketNotifier *outnot;
+  /**
+   * The socket notifier for err[0].
+   */
+  QSocketNotifier *errnot;
+
+  /**
+   * Lists the communication links that are activated for the child
+   * process.  Should not be modified from derived classes.
+   */
+  Communication communication;
+
+  /**
+   * Called by slotChildOutput() this function copies data arriving from
+   * the child process' stdout to the respective buffer and emits the signal
+   * receivedStdout().
+   */
+  int childOutput(int fdno);
+
+  /**
+   * Called by slotChildError() this function copies data arriving from
+   * the child process' stderr to the respective buffer and emits the signal
+   * receivedStderr().
+   */
+  int childError(int fdno);
+
+  /**
+   * The buffer holding the data that has to be sent to the child
+   */
+  const char *input_data;
+  /**
+   * The number of bytes already transmitted
+   */
+  int input_sent;
+  /**
+   * The total length of input_data
+   */
+  int input_total;
+
+  /**
+   * K3ProcessController is a friend of K3Process because it has to have
+   * access to various data members.
+   */
+  friend class K3ProcessController;
+
+private:
+  K3ProcessPrivate* const d;
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(K3Process::Communication)
+
+class K3ShellProcessPrivate;
+
+/**
+* @obsolete
+*
+* Use K3Process and K3Process::setUseShell(true) instead.
+*
+*   @short A class derived from K3Process to start child
+*   	processes through a shell.
+*   @author Christian Czezatke <e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at>
+*/
+class K3ShellProcess : public K3Process
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor
+   *
+   * If no shellname is specified, the user's default shell is used.
+   */
+  explicit K3ShellProcess(const char *shellname=0);
+
+  /**
+   * Destructor.
+   */
+  ~K3ShellProcess();
+
+  virtual bool start(RunMode  runmode = NotifyOnExit,
+		  Communication comm = NoCommunication);
+
+  static QString quote(const QString &arg);
+
+private:
+  K3ShellProcessPrivate* const d;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
+

libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at)
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "k3processcontroller.h"
+#include "k3process.h"
+
+//#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/QSocketNotifier>
+
+class K3ProcessController::Private
+{
+public:
+    Private()
+        : needcheck( false ),
+          notifier( 0 )
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~Private()
+    {
+        delete notifier;
+    }
+
+    int fd[2];
+    bool needcheck;
+    QSocketNotifier *notifier;
+    QList<K3Process*> kProcessList;
+    QList<int> unixProcessList;
+    static struct sigaction oldChildHandlerData;
+    static bool handlerSet;
+    static int refCount;
+    static K3ProcessController* instance;
+};
+
+K3ProcessController *K3ProcessController::Private::instance = 0;
+int K3ProcessController::Private::refCount = 0;
+
+void K3ProcessController::ref()
+{
+    if ( !Private::refCount ) {
+        Private::instance = new K3ProcessController;
+        setupHandlers();
+    }
+    Private::refCount++;
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::deref()
+{
+    Private::refCount--;
+    if( !Private::refCount ) {
+        resetHandlers();
+        delete Private::instance;
+        Private::instance = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+K3ProcessController* K3ProcessController::instance()
+{
+    /*
+     * there were no safety guards in previous revisions, is that ok?
+    if ( !Private::instance ) {
+        ref();
+    }
+     */
+
+    return Private::instance;
+}
+
+K3ProcessController::K3ProcessController()
+  : d( new Private )
+{
+  if( pipe( d->fd ) )
+  {
+    perror( "pipe" );
+    abort();
+  }
+
+  fcntl( d->fd[0], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); // in case slotDoHousekeeping is called without polling first
+  fcntl( d->fd[1], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); // in case it fills up
+  fcntl( d->fd[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC );
+  fcntl( d->fd[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC );
+
+  d->notifier = new QSocketNotifier( d->fd[0], QSocketNotifier::Read );
+  d->notifier->setEnabled( true );
+  QObject::connect( d->notifier, SIGNAL(activated(int)),
+                    SLOT(slotDoHousekeeping()));
+}
+
+K3ProcessController::~K3ProcessController()
+{
+#ifndef Q_OS_MAC
+/* not sure why, but this is causing lockups */
+  close( d->fd[0] );
+  close( d->fd[1] );
+#else
+#warning FIXME: why does close() freeze up destruction?
+#endif
+
+  delete d;
+}
+
+
+extern "C" {
+static void theReaper( int num )
+{
+  K3ProcessController::theSigCHLDHandler( num );
+}
+}
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+struct sigaction K3ProcessController::Private::oldChildHandlerData;
+#endif
+bool K3ProcessController::Private::handlerSet = false;
+
+void K3ProcessController::setupHandlers()
+{
+  if( Private::handlerSet )
+      return;
+  Private::handlerSet = true;
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+  struct sigaction act;
+  sigemptyset( &act.sa_mask );
+
+  act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+  act.sa_flags = 0;
+  sigaction( SIGPIPE, &act, 0L );
+
+  act.sa_handler = theReaper;
+  act.sa_flags = SA_NOCLDSTOP;
+  // CC: take care of SunOS which automatically restarts interrupted system
+  // calls (and thus does not have SA_RESTART)
+#ifdef SA_RESTART
+  act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+#endif
+  sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, &Private::oldChildHandlerData );
+
+  sigaddset( &act.sa_mask, SIGCHLD );
+  // Make sure we don't block this signal. gdb tends to do that :-(
+  sigprocmask( SIG_UNBLOCK, &act.sa_mask, 0 );
+#else
+  //TODO: win32
+#endif
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::resetHandlers()
+{
+  if( !Private::handlerSet )
+      return;
+  Private::handlerSet = false;
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+  sigset_t mask, omask;
+  sigemptyset( &mask );
+  sigaddset( &mask, SIGCHLD );
+  sigprocmask( SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask );
+
+  struct sigaction act;
+  sigaction( SIGCHLD, &Private::oldChildHandlerData, &act );
+  if (act.sa_handler != theReaper) {
+     sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, 0 );
+     Private::handlerSet = true;
+  }
+
+  sigprocmask( SIG_SETMASK, &omask, 0 );
+#else
+  //TODO: win32
+#endif
+  // there should be no problem with SIGPIPE staying SIG_IGN
+}
+
+// the pipe is needed to sync the child reaping with our event processing,
+// as otherwise there are race conditions, locking requirements, and things
+// generally get harder
+void K3ProcessController::theSigCHLDHandler( int arg )
+{
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+
+  char dummy = 0;
+  ::write( instance()->d->fd[1], &dummy, 1 );
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+    if ( Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler != SIG_IGN &&
+         Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler != SIG_DFL ) {
+        Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler( arg ); // call the old handler
+    }
+#else
+  //TODO: win32
+#endif
+
+  errno = saved_errno;
+}
+
+int K3ProcessController::notifierFd() const
+{
+  return d->fd[0];
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::unscheduleCheck()
+{
+  char dummy[16]; // somewhat bigger - just in case several have queued up
+  if( ::read( d->fd[0], dummy, sizeof(dummy) ) > 0 )
+    d->needcheck = true;
+}
+
+void
+K3ProcessController::rescheduleCheck()
+{
+  if( d->needcheck )
+  {
+    d->needcheck = false;
+    char dummy = 0;
+    ::write( d->fd[1], &dummy, 1 );
+  }
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::slotDoHousekeeping()
+{
+  char dummy[16]; // somewhat bigger - just in case several have queued up
+  ::read( d->fd[0], dummy, sizeof(dummy) );
+
+  int status;
+ again:
+  QList<K3Process*>::iterator it( d->kProcessList.begin() );
+  QList<K3Process*>::iterator eit( d->kProcessList.end() );
+  while( it != eit )
+  {
+    K3Process *prc = *it;
+    if( prc->runs && waitpid( prc->pid_, &status, WNOHANG ) > 0 )
+    {
+      prc->processHasExited( status );
+      // the callback can nuke the whole process list and even 'this'
+      if (!instance())
+        return;
+      goto again;
+    }
+    ++it;
+  }
+  QList<int>::iterator uit( d->unixProcessList.begin() );
+  QList<int>::iterator ueit( d->unixProcessList.end() );
+  while( uit != ueit )
+  {
+    if( waitpid( *uit, 0, WNOHANG ) > 0 )
+    {
+      uit = d->unixProcessList.erase( uit );
+      deref(); // counterpart to addProcess, can invalidate 'this'
+    } else
+      ++uit;
+  }
+}
+
+bool K3ProcessController::waitForProcessExit( int timeout )
+{
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+  for(;;)
+  {
+    struct timeval tv, *tvp;
+    if (timeout < 0)
+      tvp = 0;
+    else
+    {
+      tv.tv_sec = timeout;
+      tv.tv_usec = 0;
+      tvp = &tv;
+    }
+
+    fd_set fds;
+    FD_ZERO( &fds );
+    FD_SET( d->fd[0], &fds );
+
+    switch( select( d->fd[0]+1, &fds, 0, 0, tvp ) )
+    {
+    case -1:
+      if( errno == EINTR )
+        continue;
+      // fall through; should never happen
+    case 0:
+      return false;
+    default:
+      slotDoHousekeeping();
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+#else
+  //TODO: win32
+  return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::addKProcess( K3Process* p )
+{
+  d->kProcessList.append( p );
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::removeKProcess( K3Process* p )
+{
+  d->kProcessList.removeAll( p );
+}
+
+void K3ProcessController::addProcess( int pid )
+{
+  d->unixProcessList.append( pid );
+  ref(); // make sure we stay around when the K3Process goes away
+}
+
+//#include "moc_k3processcontroller.cpp"

libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at)
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef K3PROCCTRL_H
+#define K3PROCCTRL_H
+
+#include <QtCore/QList>
+#include <k3process.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @short Used internally by K3Process
+ * @internal
+ * @author Christian Czezatke <e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at>
+ *
+ *  A class for internal use by K3Process only. -- Exactly one instance
+ *  of this class is created by KApplication.
+ *
+ * This class takes care of the actual (UN*X) signal handling.
+ */
+class K3ProcessController : public QObject
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+  /**
+   * Create an instance if none exists yet.
+   * Called by KApplication::KApplication()
+   */
+  static void ref();
+
+  /**
+   * Destroy the instance if one exists and it is not referenced any more.
+   * Called by KApplication::~KApplication()
+   */
+  static void deref();
+
+  /**
+   * Only a single instance of this class is allowed at a time.
+   * This method provides access to that instance.
+   */
+  static K3ProcessController *instance();
+
+  /**
+   * Automatically called upon SIGCHLD. Never call it directly.
+   * If your application (or some library it uses) redirects SIGCHLD,
+   * the new signal handler (and only it) should call the old handler
+   * returned by sigaction().
+   * @internal
+   */
+  static void theSigCHLDHandler(int signal); // KDE4: private
+
+  /**
+   * Wait for any process to exit and handle their exit without
+   * starting an event loop.
+   * This function may cause K3Process to emit any of its signals.
+   *
+   * @param timeout the timeout in seconds. -1 means no timeout.
+   * @return true if a process exited, false
+   *         if no process exited within @p timeout seconds.
+   */
+  bool waitForProcessExit(int timeout);
+
+  /**
+   * Call this function to defer processing of the data that became available
+   * on notifierFd().
+   */
+  void unscheduleCheck();
+
+  /**
+   * This function @em must be called at some point after calling
+   * unscheduleCheck().
+   */
+  void rescheduleCheck();
+
+  /*
+   * Obtain the file descriptor K3ProcessController uses to get notified
+   * about process exits. select() or poll() on it if you create a custom
+   * event loop that needs to act upon SIGCHLD.
+   * @return the file descriptor of the reading end of the notification pipe
+   */
+  int notifierFd() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void addKProcess( K3Process* );
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void removeKProcess( K3Process* );
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  void addProcess( int pid );
+
+private Q_SLOTS:
+  void slotDoHousekeeping();
+
+private:
+  friend class I_just_love_gcc;
+
+  static void setupHandlers();
+  static void resetHandlers();
+
+  // Disallow instantiation
+  K3ProcessController();
+  ~K3ProcessController();
+
+  // Disallow assignment and copy-construction
+  K3ProcessController( const K3ProcessController& );
+  K3ProcessController& operator= ( const K3ProcessController& );
+
+  class Private;
+  Private * const d;
+};
+
+#endif
+

libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/default.keytab/1.1.1.1/Sat May 10 21:27:57 2008//
+/linux.keytab/1.1.1.1/Sat May 10 21:27:57 2008//
+/vt420pc.keytab/1.1.1.1/Sat May 10 21:27:57 2008//
+D

libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+qtermwidget/lib/kb-layouts

libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:ext:e_k@qtermwidget.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/qtermwidget

libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# [README.default.Keytab] Buildin Keyboard Table
+#
+# To customize your keyboard, copy this file to something
+# ending with .keytab and change it to meet you needs.
+# Please read the README.KeyTab and the README.keyboard
+# in this case.
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+keyboard "Default (XFree 4)"
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Note that this particular table is a "risc" version made to
+# ease customization without bothering with obsolete details.
+# See VT100.keytab for the more hairy stuff.
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# common keys
+
+key Escape             : "\E"
+
+key Tab   -Shift       : "\t"
+key Tab   +Shift+Ansi  : "\E[Z"
+key Tab   +Shift-Ansi  : "\t"
+key Backtab     +Ansi  : "\E[Z"
+key Backtab     -Ansi  : "\t"
+
+key Return-Shift-NewLine : "\r"
+key Return-Shift+NewLine : "\r\n"
+
+key Return+Shift         : "\EOM"
+
+# Backspace and Delete codes are preserving CTRL-H.
+
+key Backspace      : "\x7f"
+
+# Arrow keys in VT52 mode
+# shift up/down are reserved for scrolling.
+# shift left/right are reserved for switching between tabs (this is hardcoded).
+
+key Up   -Shift-Ansi : "\EA"
+key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB"
+key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC"
+key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED"
+
+# Arrow keys in ANSI mode with Application - and Normal Cursor Mode)
+
+key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOA"
+key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOB"
+key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOC"
+key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys           : "\EOD"
+
+key Up    -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[A"
+key Down  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[B"
+key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[C"
+key Left  -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys           : "\E[D"
+
+key Up    -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*A"
+key Down  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*B"
+key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*C"
+key Left  -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi                     : "\E[1;*D"
+
+# other grey PC keys
+
+key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n"
+key Enter-NewLine : "\r"
+
+key Home        -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : "\E[H"  
+key End         -AnyMod     -AppCuKeys           : "\E[F"  
+key Home        -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : "\EOH"  
+key End         -AnyMod     +AppCuKeys           : "\EOF"  
+key Home        +AnyMod                          : "\E[1;*H"
+key End         +AnyMod                          : "\E[1;*F"
+
+key Insert      -AnyMod                          : "\E[2~"
+key Delete      -AnyMod                          : "\E[3~"
+key Insert      +AnyMod                          : "\E[2;*~"
+key Delete      +AnyMod                          : "\E[3;*~"
+
+key Prior -Shift-AnyMod                          : "\E[5~"
+key Next  -Shift-AnyMod                          : "\E[6~"
+key Prior -Shift+AnyMod                          : "\E[5;*~"
+key Next  -Shift+AnyMod                          : "\E[6;*~"
+
+# Function keys
+key F1          -AnyMod                          : "\EOP"
+key F2          -AnyMod                          : "\EOQ"
+key F3          -AnyMod                          : "\EOR"
+key F4          -AnyMod                          : "\EOS"
+key F5          -AnyMod                          : "\E[15~"
+key F6          -AnyMod                          : "\E[17~"
+key F7          -AnyMod                          : "\E[18~"
+key F8          -AnyMod                          : "\E[19~"
+key F9          -AnyMod                          : "\E[20~"
+key F10         -AnyMod                          : "\E[21~"
+key F11         -AnyMod                          : "\E[23~"
+key F12         -AnyMod                          : "\E[24~"
+
+key F1          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*P"
+key F2          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*Q"
+key F3          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*R"
+key F4          +AnyMod                          : "\EO*S"
+key F5          +AnyMod                          : "\E[15;*~"
+key F6          +AnyMod                          : "\E[17;*~"
+key F7          +AnyMod                          : "\E[18;*~"
+key F8          +AnyMod                          : "\E[19;*~"
+key F9          +AnyMod                          : "\E[20;*~"
+key F10         +AnyMod                          : "\E[21;*~"
+key F11         +AnyMod                          : "\E[23;*~"
+key F12         +AnyMod                          : "\E[24;*~"
+
+# Work around dead keys
+
+key Space +Control : "\x00"
+
+# Some keys are used by konsole to cause operations.
+# The scroll* operations refer to the history buffer.
+
+key Up    +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineUp
+key Prior +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageUp
+key Down  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollLineDown
+key Next  +Shift-AppScreen  : scrollPageDown
+
+#key Up    +Shift  : scrollLineUp
+#key Prior +Shift  : scrollPageUp
+#key Down  +Shift  : scrollLineDown
+#key Next  +Shift  : scrollPageDown
+
+key ScrollLock     : scrollLock
+
+# keypad characters are not offered differently by Qt.

libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+# [linux.keytab] Konsole Keyboard Table (Linux console keys)
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# NOT TESTED, MAY NEED SOME CLEANUPS
+keyboard "Linux console"
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# This configuration table allows to customize the
+# meaning of the keys.
+#
+# The syntax is that each entry has the form : 
+#
+#   "key" Keyname { ("+"|"-") Modename } ":" (String|Operation)
+#
+# Keynames are those defined in <qnamespace.h> with the
+# "Qt::Key_" removed. (We'd better insert the list here)
+#
+# Mode names are : 
+#
+# - Shift
+# - Alt
+# - Control
+#
+#   The VT100 emulation has two modes that can affect the
+#   sequences emitted by certain keys. These modes are
+#   under control of the client program.
+#   
+# - Newline     : effects Return and Enter key.
+# - Application : effects Up and Down key.
+#
+# - Ansi        : effects Up and Down key (This is for VT52, really).
+#
+# Operations are
+#
+# - scrollUpLine
+# - scrollUpPage
+# - scrollDownLine
+# - scrollDownPage
+#
+# - emitSelection
+#
+# If the key is not found here, the text of the
+# key event as provided by QT is emitted, possibly
+# preceeded by ESC if the Alt key is pressed.
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+key Escape : "\E"
+key Tab    : "\t"
+
+# VT100 can add an extra \n after return.
+# The NewLine mode is set by an escape sequence.
+
+key Return-NewLine : "\r"  
+key Return+NewLine : "\r\n"
+
+# Some desperately try to save the ^H.
+
+key Backspace : "\x7f"
+key Delete    : "\E[3~"
+
+# These codes are for the VT52 mode of VT100
+# The Ansi mode (i.e. VT100 mode) is set by
+# an escape sequence
+
+key Up   -Shift-Ansi : "\EA"
+key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB"
+key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC"
+key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED"
+
+# VT100 emits a mode bit together
+# with the arrow keys.The AppCuKeys
+# mode is set by an escape sequence.
+
+key Up   -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA"
+key Down -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB"
+key Right-Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC"
+key Left -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD"
+
+key Up   -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A"
+key Down -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B"
+key Right-Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C"
+key Left -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D"
+
+# linux functions keys F1-F5 differ from xterm
+
+key F1 : "\E[[A" 
+key F2 : "\E[[B" 
+key F3 : "\E[[C" 
+key F4 : "\E[[D" 
+key F5 : "\E[[E" 
+
+key F6     : "\E[17~" 
+key F7     : "\E[18~" 
+key F8     : "\E[19~" 
+key F9     : "\E[20~" 
+key F10    : "\E[21~" 
+key F11    : "\E[23~" 
+key F12    : "\E[24~" 
+
+key Home   : "\E[1~"  
+key End    : "\E[4~"  
+
+key Prior -Shift : "\E[5~"  
+key Next  -Shift : "\E[6~"  
+key Insert-Shift : "\E[2~"  
+
+# Keypad-Enter. See comment on Return above.
+
+key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n"
+key Enter-NewLine : "\r"  
+
+key Space +Control : "\x00"
+
+# some of keys are used by konsole.
+
+key Up    +Shift   : scrollLineUp
+key Prior +Shift   : scrollPageUp
+key Down  +Shift   : scrollLineDown
+key Next  +Shift   : scrollPageDown
+
+key ScrollLock     : scrollLock
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+# keypad characters as offered by Qt
+# cannot be recognized as such.
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Following other strings as emitted by konsole.

libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+# [vt420pc.keytab] Konsole Keyboard Table (VT420pc keys)
+# adapted by ferdinand gassauer f.gassauer@aon.at
+# Nov 2000
+#
+################################################################
+#
+# The escape sequences emmited by the 
+# keys Shift+F1 to Shift+F12 might not fit your needs
+#
+################# IMPORTANT NOTICE #############################
+# the key bindings (Kcontrol -> look and feel -> keybindgs) 
+# overrule the settings in this file. The key bindings might be 
+# changed by the user WITHOUT notification of the maintainer of
+# the keytab file. Konsole will not work as expected by 
+# the maintainer of the keytab file.
+################################################################
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+keyboard "DEC VT420 Terminal"
+
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# This configuration table allows to customize the
+# meaning of the keys.
+#
+# The syntax is that each entry has the form : 
+#
+#   "key" Keyname { ("+"|"-") Modename } ":" (String|Operation)
+#
+# Keynames are those defined in <qnamespace.h> with the
+# "Qt::Key_" removed. (We'd better insert the list here)
+#
+# Mode names are : 
+#
+# - Shift
+# - Alt
+# - Control
+#
+#   The VT100 emulation has two modes that can affect the
+#   sequences emitted by certain keys. These modes are
+#   under control of the client program.
+#   
+# - Newline     : effects Return and Enter key.
+# - Application : effects Up and Down key.
+#
+# - Ansi        : effects Up and Down key (This is for VT52, really).
+#
+# Operations are
+#
+# - scrollUpLine
+# - scrollUpPage
+# - scrollDownLine
+# - scrollDownPage
+#
+# - emitSelection
+#
+# If the key is not found here, the text of the
+# key event as provided by QT is emitted, possibly
+# preceeded by ESC if the Alt key is pressed.
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+key Escape : "\E"
+key Tab    : "\t"
+key Backtab: "\E[Z"
+
+# VT100 can add an extra \n after return.
+# The NewLine mode is set by an escape sequence.
+
+key Return-NewLine : "\r"  
+key Return+NewLine : "\r\n"
+
+# Some desperately try to save the ^H.
+# may be not everyone wants this
+
+key Backspace : "\x08"  # Control H
+key Delete    : "\x7f"
+
+# These codes are for the VT420pc
+# The Ansi mode (i.e. VT100 mode) is set by
+# an escape sequence
+
+key Up   -Shift-Ansi : "\EA"
+key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB"
+key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC"
+key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED"
+
+# VT100 emits a mode bit together
+# with the arrow keys.The AppCuKeys
+# mode is set by an escape sequence.
+
+key Up   -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA"
+key Down -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB"
+key Right-Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC"
+key Left -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD"
+
+key Up   -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A"
+key Down -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B"
+key Right-Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C"
+key Left -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D"
+
+# function keys 
+
+key F1 -Shift    : "\E[11~"  
+key F2 -Shift    : "\E[12~"
+key F3 -Shift    : "\E[13~"
+key F4 -Shift    : "\E[14~"
+key F5 -Shift    : "\E[15~"
+key F6 -Shift    : "\E[17~"
+key F7 -Shift    : "\E[18~"
+key F8 -Shift    : "\E[19~"
+key F9 -Shift    : "\E[20~"
+key F10-Shift    : "\E[21~"
+key F11-Shift    : "\E[23~"
+key F12-Shift    : "\E[24~"  
+#
+# Shift F1-F12
+#
+key F1 +Shift    : "\E[11;2~"
+key F2 +Shift    : "\E[12;2~"
+key F3 +Shift    : "\E[13;2~"
+key F4 +Shift    : "\E[14;2~"
+key F5 +Shift    : "\E[15;2~"
+key F6 +Shift    : "\E[17;2~" 
+key F7 +Shift    : "\E[18;2~" 
+key F8 +Shift    : "\E[19;2~" 
+key F9 +Shift    : "\E[20;2~" 
+key F10+Shift    : "\E[21;2~" 
+key F11+Shift    : "\E[23;2~" 
+key F12+Shift    : "\E[24;2~" 
+
+key Home   : "\E[H"  
+key End    : "\E[F"  
+
+key Prior -Shift : "\E[5~"  
+key Next  -Shift : "\E[6~"  
+key Insert-Shift : "\E[2~"  
+
+# Keypad-Enter. See comment on Return above.
+
+key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n"
+key Enter-NewLine : "\r"  
+
+key Space +Control : "\x00"
+
+# some of keys are used by konsole.
+
+key Up    +Shift   : scrollLineUp
+key Prior +Shift   : scrollPageUp
+key Down  +Shift   : scrollLineDown
+key Next  +Shift   : scrollPageDown
+
+key ScrollLock     : scrollLock
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+# keypad characters as offered by Qt
+# cannot be recognized as such.
+
+#----------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Following other strings as emitted by konsole.

libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */
+/*
+ * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in
+ * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997"
+ * <http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html>
+ *
+ * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain
+ */
+
+#include "konsole_wcwidth.h"
+
+struct interval {
+  unsigned short first;
+  unsigned short last;
+};
+
+/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */
+static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) {
+  int min = 0;
+  int mid;
+
+  if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last)
+    return 0;
+  while (max >= min) {
+    mid = (min + max) / 2;
+    if (ucs > table[mid].last)
+      min = mid + 1;
+    else if (ucs < table[mid].first)
+      max = mid - 1;
+    else
+      return 1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646
+ * character as follows:
+ *
+ *    - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return
+ *      value of -1.
+ *
+ *    - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general
+ *      category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a
+ *      column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode
+ *      database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF)
+ *      have a column width of 0.
+ *
+ *    - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian
+ *      FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical
+ *      Report #11 have a column width of 2.
+ *
+ *    - All remaining characters (including all printable
+ *      ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters,
+ *      etc.) have a column width of 1.
+ *
+ * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded
+ * in ISO 10646.
+ */
+
+int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs)
+{
+  /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */
+  static const struct interval combining[] = {
+    { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 },
+    { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 },
+    { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 },
+    { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 },
+    { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED },
+    { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A },
+    { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C },
+    { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 },
+    { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC },
+    { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 },
+    { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 },
+    { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 },
+    { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 },
+    { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 },
+    { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 },
+    { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 },
+    { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 },
+    { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 },
+    { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD },
+    { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA },
+    { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 },
+    { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 },
+    { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD },
+    { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 },
+    { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 },
+    { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC },
+    { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 },
+    { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 },
+    { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 },
+    { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 },
+    { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F },
+    { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A },
+    { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF },
+    { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB }
+  };
+
+  /* test for 8-bit control characters */
+  if (ucs == 0)
+    return 0;
+  if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0))
+    return -1;
+
+  /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */
+  if (bisearch(ucs, combining,
+	       sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */
+
+  return 1 +
+    (ucs >= 0x1100 &&
+     (ucs <= 0x115f ||                    /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */
+      (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a &&
+       ucs != 0x303f) ||                  /* CJK ... Yi */
+      (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */
+      (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
+      (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
+      (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */
+      (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 ||
+      (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */));
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that
+ * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as
+ * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2.
+ * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy
+ * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise
+ * recommended for general use.
+ */
+int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs)
+{
+  /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous
+   * characters */
+  static const struct interval ambiguous[] = {
+    { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 },
+    { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 },
+    { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 },
+    { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 },
+    { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED },
+    { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA },
+    { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 },
+    { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B },
+    { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 },
+    { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 },
+    { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 },
+    { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE },
+    { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 },
+    { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA },
+    { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 },
+    { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD },
+    { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD },
+    { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 },
+    { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F },
+    { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 },
+    { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 },
+    { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 },
+    { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 },
+    { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC },
+    { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 },
+    { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 },
+    { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B },
+    { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 },
+    { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 },
+    { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 },
+    { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 },
+    { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 },
+    { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C },
+    { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D },
+    { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 },
+    { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B },
+    { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 },
+    { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 },
+    { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF },
+    { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 },
+    { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 },
+    { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 },
+    { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 },
+    { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 },
+    { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 },
+    { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E },
+    { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 },
+    { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D },
+    { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B },
+    { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD }
+  };
+
+  /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */
+  if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous,
+	       sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1))
+    return 2;
+
+  return konsole_wcwidth(ucs);
+}
+#endif
+
+// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2
+int string_width( const QString &txt )
+{
+  int w = 0;
+  for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i )
+     w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() );
+ return w;
+}

libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */
+
+/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */
+/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> */
+/*
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef	_KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_
+#define	_KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_
+
+// Qt
+#include <QtCore/QBool>
+#include <QtCore/QString>
+
+int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs);
+#if 0
+int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs);
+#endif
+
+int string_width( const QString &txt );
+
+#endif

libs/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/*
+
+   This file is part of the KDE libraries
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "kpty_p.h"
+
+#ifdef __sgi
+#define __svr4__
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __osf__
+#define _OSF_SOURCE
+#include <float.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC
+// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt())
+#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+#  ifndef __USE_XOPEN
+#    define __USE_XOPEN
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H)
+# include <pty.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H
+# include <libutil.h>
+#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H)
+# include <util.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
+extern "C" {
+# include <utempter.h>
+}
+#else
+# include <utmp.h>
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+#  include <utmpx.h>
+# endif
+# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE)
+#  define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE)
+#  define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other
+   platforms it doesn't hurt */
+extern "C" {
+#include <termios.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H)
+# include <termio.h> // struct winsize on some systems
+#endif
+}
+
+#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE)
+# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED
+# include <bsdtty.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H
+# include <sys/stropts.h>	// Defines I_PUSH
+# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__)
+# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode)
+#else
+# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__)
+#  define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode)
+# else
+#  define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__)
+# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode)
+#else
+# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+#  define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode)
+# else
+#  define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+//#include <kdebug.h>
+//#include <kstandarddirs.h>	// findExe
+
+#include <QtCore>
+
+// not defined on HP-UX for example
+#ifndef CTRL
+# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037)
+#endif
+
+#define TTY_GROUP "tty"
+
+///////////////////////
+// private functions //
+///////////////////////
+
+//////////////////
+// private data //
+//////////////////
+
+KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate() :
+    masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1)
+{
+}
+
+bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool)
+{
+//    return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"),
+//        QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd));
+    return true;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////
+// public member functions //
+/////////////////////////////
+
+KPty::KPty() :
+    d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate)
+{
+    d_ptr->q_ptr = this;
+}
+
+KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) :
+    d_ptr(d)
+{
+    d_ptr->q_ptr = this;
+}
+
+KPty::~KPty()
+{
+    close();
+    delete d_ptr;
+}
+
+bool KPty::open()
+{
+  Q_D(KPty);
+
+  if (d->masterFd >= 0)
+    return true;
+
+  QByteArray ptyName;
+
+  // Find a master pty that we can open ////////////////////////////////
+
+  // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to
+  // be opened by several different methods.
+
+  // We try, as we know them, one by one.
+
+#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY
+
+  char ptsn[PATH_MAX];
+  if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0))
+  {
+    d->masterFd = -1;
+    d->slaveFd = -1;
+    kWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype";
+    return false;
+  }
+  d->ttyName = ptsn;
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix
+
+  char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0);
+  if (ptsn) {
+    d->ttyName = ptsn;
+    goto grantedpt;
+  }
+
+#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN)
+
+#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT
+  d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
+#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT)
+  d->masterFd = ::getpt();
+#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE)
+  d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY);
+#else
+# error No method to open a PTY master detected.
+#endif
+
+  if (d->masterFd >= 0)
+  {
+ 
+#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME
+    char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd);
+    if (ptsn) {
+        d->ttyName = ptsn;
+#else
+    int ptyno;
+    if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) {
+        d->ttyName = QByteArray("/dev/pts/") + QByteArray::number(ptyno);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT
+        if (!grantpt(d->masterFd))
+           goto grantedpt;
+#else
+
+        goto gotpty;
+#endif
+    }
+    ::close(d->masterFd);
+    d->masterFd = -1;
+  }
+#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN
+
+  // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems?
+  for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++)
+  {
+    for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++)
+    {
+      ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii();
+      d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii();
+
+      d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR);
+      if (d->masterFd >= 0)
+      {
+#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS
+        /* Need to check the process group of the pty.
+         * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use,
+         * and we need to get another one.
+         */
+        int pgrp_rtn;
+        if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) {
+          ::close(d->masterFd);
+          d->masterFd = -1;
+          continue;
+        }
+#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */
+        if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits
+        {
+          if (!geteuid())
+          {
+            struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP);
+            if (!p)
+              p = getgrnam("wheel");
+            gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid ();
+
+            chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid);
+            chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP);
+          }
+          goto gotpty;
+        }
+        ::close(d->masterFd);
+        d->masterFd = -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype";
+  return false;
+
+ gotpty:
+  struct stat st;
+  if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) {
+    return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough*  Yeah right, I just
+                  // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated.  I guess
+                  // there was some sort of leak?  I only had a few open.
+    }
+  if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) ||
+       (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) &&
+      !d->chownpty(true))
+  {
+    qWarning()
+      << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName
+      << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl;
+  }
+
+#if defined (HAVE__GETPTY) || defined (HAVE_GRANTPT)
+ grantedpt:
+#endif 
+
+#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE
+  revoke(d->ttyName.data());
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT
+  unlockpt(d->masterFd);
+#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK)
+  int flag = 0;
+  ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag);
+#endif
+
+  d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY);
+  if (d->slaveFd < 0)
+  {
+    qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype";
+    ::close(d->masterFd);
+    d->masterFd = -1;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__))
+  // Solaris
+  ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem");
+  ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm");
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */
+
+  fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+  fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+void KPty::closeSlave()
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    if (d->slaveFd < 0)
+        return;
+    ::close(d->slaveFd);
+    d->slaveFd = -1;
+}
+
+void KPty::close()
+{
+   Q_D(KPty);
+
+   if (d->masterFd < 0)
+      return;
+   closeSlave();
+   // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway.
+   if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) {
+      if (!geteuid()) {
+         struct stat st;
+         if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) {
+            chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1);
+            chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH);
+         }
+      } else {
+         fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0);
+         d->chownpty(false);
+      }
+   }
+   ::close(d->masterFd);
+   d->masterFd = -1;
+}
+
+void KPty::setCTty()
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    // Setup job control //////////////////////////////////
+
+    // Become session leader, process group leader,
+    // and get rid of the old controlling terminal.
+    setsid();
+
+    // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal.
+#ifdef TIOCSCTTY
+    ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0);
+#else
+    // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty
+    ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0));
+#endif
+
+    // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty
+    int pgrp = getpid();
+#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__)
+    tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp);
+#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP)
+    ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp);
+#endif
+}
+
+void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd);
+    Q_UNUSED(user);
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    struct utmpx l_struct;
+# else
+    struct utmp l_struct;
+# endif
+    memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct));
+    // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp
+
+    if (user)
+      strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name));
+
+    if (remotehost) {
+      strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host));
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
+      l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host));
+# endif
+    }
+
+# ifndef __GLIBC__
+    Q_D(KPty);
+    const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data();
+    if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5))
+        str_ptr += 5;
+    strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line));
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+    strncpy(l_struct.ut_id,
+            str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id),
+            sizeof(l_struct.ut_id));
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0);
+# else
+    l_struct.ut_time = time(0);
+# endif
+
+# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN
+#  ifdef HAVE_LOGINX
+    ::loginx(&l_struct);
+#  else
+    ::login(&l_struct);
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+    l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID
+    l_struct.ut_pid = getpid();
+#   ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION
+    l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0);
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX);
+    setutxent();
+    pututxline(&l_struct);
+    endutxent();
+    updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct);
+#  else
+    utmpname(_PATH_UTMP);
+    setutent();
+    pututline(&l_struct);
+    endutent();
+    updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+void KPty::logout()
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd);
+#else
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data();
+    if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5))
+        str_ptr += 5;
+# ifdef __GLIBC__
+    else {
+        const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/');
+        if (sl_ptr)
+            str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1;
+    }
+# endif
+# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN
+#  ifdef HAVE_LOGINX
+    ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS);
+#  else
+    ::logout(str_ptr);
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    struct utmpx l_struct, *ut;
+#  else
+    struct utmp l_struct, *ut;
+#  endif
+    memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct));
+
+    strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line));
+
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+    utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX);
+    setutxent();
+    if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) {
+#  else
+    utmpname(_PATH_UTMP);
+    setutent();
+    if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) {
+#  endif
+        memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name));
+        memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host));
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
+        ut->ut_syslen = 0;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+        ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS;
+#  endif
+#  ifdef HAVE_UTMPX
+        gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0);
+        pututxline(ut);
+    }
+    endutxent();
+#  else
+        ut->ut_time = time(0);
+        pututline(ut);
+    }
+    endutent();
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris.
+// Please verify.
+
+bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0;
+}
+
+bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode)
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0;
+}
+
+bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns)
+{
+    Q_D(KPty);
+
+    struct winsize winSize;
+    memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize));
+    winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines;
+    winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns;
+    return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0;
+}
+
+bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo)
+{
+    struct ::termios ttmode;
+    if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode))
+        return false;
+    if (!echo)
+        ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO;
+    else
+        ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO;
+    return tcSetAttr(&ttmode);
+}
+
+const char *KPty::ttyName() const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return d->ttyName.data();
+}
+
+int KPty::masterFd() const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return d->masterFd;
+}
+
+int KPty::slaveFd() const
+{
+    Q_D(const KPty);
+
+    return d->slaveFd;
+}

libs/qtermwidget/kpty.h

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef kpty_h
+#define kpty_h
+
+#include <QtCore>
+
+struct KPtyPrivate;
+struct termios;
+
+/**
+ * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the
+ * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes.
+ */
+class KPty {
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty)
+
+public:
+
+  /**
+   * Constructor
+   */
+  KPty();
+
+  /**
+   * Destructor:
+   *
+   *  If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that
+   *  an utmp registration is @em not undone.
+  */
+  ~KPty();
+
+  /**
+   * Create a pty master/slave pair.
+   *
+   * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened
+   */
+  bool open();
+
+  /**
+   * Close the pty master/slave pair.
+   */
+  void close();
+
+  /**
+   * Close the pty slave descriptor.
+   *
+   * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open.
+   * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification.
+   * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be
+   * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases
+   * pipe-alike behavior might be desired.
+   *
+   * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be
+   * used.
+   */
+  void closeSlave();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the
+   * controlling tty.
+   */
+  void setCTty();
+
+  /**
+   * Creates an utmp entry for the tty.
+   * This function must be called after calling setCTty and
+   * making this pty the stdin.
+   * @param user the user to be logged on
+   * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is
+   *  @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname
+   *  of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should
+   *  be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty.
+   */
+  void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Removes the utmp entry for this tty.
+   */
+  void logout();
+
+  /**
+   * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3).
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   * You will need an #include &lt;termios.h&gt; to do anything useful
+   * with it.
+   *
+   * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure.
+   *  Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used -
+   *  without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares
+   *  the struct in your class, in your method.
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
+   */
+  bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW.
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   *
+   * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure.
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means
+   *  that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set.
+   */
+  bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode);
+
+  /**
+   * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty.
+   * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns.
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   *
+   * @param lines the number of rows
+   * @param columns the number of columns
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
+   */
+  bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns);
+
+  /**
+   * Set whether the pty should echo input.
+   *
+   * Echo is on by default.
+   * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients
+   * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler.
+   *
+   * This function can be used only while the PTY is open.
+   *
+   * @param echo true if input should be echoed.
+   * @return @c true on success, false otherwise
+   */
+  bool setEcho(bool echo);
+
+  /**
+   * @return the name of the slave pty device.
+   *
+   * This function should be called only while the pty is open.
+   */
+  const char *ttyName() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the file descriptor of the master pty
+   *
+   * This function should be called only while the pty is open.
+   */
+  int masterFd() const;
+
+  /**
+   * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty
+   *
+   * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open.
+   */
+  int slaveFd() const;
+
+protected:
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  KPty(KPtyPrivate *d);
+
+  /**
+   * @internal
+   */
+  KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr;
+};
+
+#endif
+

libs/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+    Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef kpty_p_h
+#define kpty_p_h
+
+#include "kpty.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/QByteArray>
+
+struct KPtyPrivate {
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty)
+
+    KPtyPrivate();
+    bool chownpty(bool grant);
+
+    int masterFd;
+    int slaveFd;
+
+    QByteArray ttyName;
+
+    KPty *q_ptr;
+};
+
+#endif

libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
+
+	This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+	modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+	License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+	version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+	This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+	Library General Public License for more details.
+
+	You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+	along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+	the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+	Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+
+#include "qtermwidget.h"
+
+#include "Session.h"
+#include "TerminalDisplay.h"
+
+using namespace Konsole;
+
+void *createTermWidget(int startnow, void *parent)
+{
+	return (void*) new QTermWidget(startnow, (QWidget*)parent);
+}
+
+struct TermWidgetImpl
+{
+	TermWidgetImpl(QWidget* parent = 0);
+
+	TerminalDisplay *m_terminalDisplay;
+	Session *m_session;
+
+	Session* createSession();
+	TerminalDisplay* createTerminalDisplay(Session *session, QWidget* parent);
+};
+
+TermWidgetImpl::TermWidgetImpl(QWidget* parent)
+{
+	this->m_session = createSession();
+	this->m_terminalDisplay = createTerminalDisplay(this->m_session, parent);
+}
+
+
+Session *TermWidgetImpl::createSession()
+{
+	Session *session = new Session();
+
+	session->setTitle(Session::NameRole, "QTermWidget");
+	session->setProgram("/bin/bash");
+	QStringList args("");
+	session->setArguments(args);
+	session->setAutoClose(true);
+
+	session->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"));
+
+	session->setFlowControlEnabled(true);
+	session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000));
+
+	session->setDarkBackground(true);
+
+	session->setKeyBindings("");
+	return session;
+}
+
+TerminalDisplay *TermWidgetImpl::createTerminalDisplay(Session *session, QWidget* parent)
+{
+//    TerminalDisplay* display = new TerminalDisplay(this);
+	TerminalDisplay* display = new TerminalDisplay(parent);
+
+	display->setBellMode(TerminalDisplay::NotifyBell);
+	display->setTerminalSizeHint(true);
+	display->setTripleClickMode(TerminalDisplay::SelectWholeLine);
+	display->setTerminalSizeStartup(true);
+
+	display->setRandomSeed(session->sessionId() * 31);
+
+	return display;
+}
+
+
+QTermWidget::QTermWidget(int startnow, QWidget *parent)
+:QWidget(parent)
+{
+	m_impl = new TermWidgetImpl(this);
+
+	init();
+
+	if (startnow && m_impl->m_session) {
+	m_impl->m_session->run();
+	}
+
+	this->setFocus( Qt::OtherFocusReason );
+	m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize(this->size());
+
+	this->setFocusProxy(m_impl->m_terminalDisplay);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::startShellProgram()
+{
+	if ( m_impl->m_session->isRunning() )
+	return;
+
+	m_impl->m_session->run();
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::init()
+{
+	m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize(80, 40);
+
+	QFont font = QApplication::font();
+	font.setFamily("Monospace");
+	font.setPointSize(10);
+	font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter);
+	setTerminalFont(font);
+	setScrollBarPosition(NoScrollBar);
+
+	m_impl->m_session->addView(m_impl->m_terminalDisplay);
+
+	connect(m_impl->m_session, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished()));
+}
+
+
+QTermWidget::~QTermWidget()
+{
+	emit destroyed();
+}
+
+
+void QTermWidget::setTerminalFont(QFont &font)
+{
+	if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay)
+	return;
+	m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setVTFont(font);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setShellProgram(QString &progname)
+{
+	if (!m_impl->m_session)
+	return;
+	m_impl->m_session->setProgram(progname);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setArgs(QStringList &args)
+{
+	if (!m_impl->m_session)
+	return;
+	m_impl->m_session->setArguments(args);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec)
+{
+	if (!m_impl->m_session)
+	return;
+	m_impl->m_session->setCodec(codec);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setColorScheme(int scheme)
+{
+	switch(scheme) {
+	case COLOR_SCHEME_WHITE_ON_BLACK:
+		m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(whiteonblack_color_table);
+		break;
+	case COLOR_SCHEME_GREEN_ON_BLACK:
+		m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(greenonblack_color_table);
+		break;
+	case COLOR_SCHEME_BLACK_ON_LIGHT_YELLOW:
+		m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(blackonlightyellow_color_table);
+		break;
+	default: //do nothing
+		break;
+	};
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setSize(int h, int v)
+{
+	if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay)
+		return;
+	m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize(h, v);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setHistorySize(int lines)
+{
+	if (lines < 0)
+		m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile());
+	else
+	m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines));
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition pos)
+{
+	if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay)
+	return;
+	m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setScrollBarPosition((TerminalDisplay::ScrollBarPosition)pos);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::sendText(QString &text)
+{
+	m_impl->m_session->sendText(text);
+}
+
+void QTermWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*)
+{
+//qDebug("global window resizing...with %d %d", this->size().width(), this->size().height());
+	m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize(this->size());
+}
+
+
+
+void QTermWidget::sessionFinished()
+{
+	emit finished();
+}
+
+
+//#include "moc_consoleq.cpp"
+

libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net)
+    
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+		    
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+			    
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+						    
+
+#ifndef _Q_TERM_WIDGET
+#define _Q_TERM_WIDGET
+
+#include <QtGui>
+
+struct TermWidgetImpl;
+
+enum COLOR_SCHEME {     COLOR_SCHEME_WHITE_ON_BLACK	= 1,
+		        COLOR_SCHEME_GREEN_ON_BLACK,
+		        COLOR_SCHEME_BLACK_ON_LIGHT_YELLOW };
+
+class QTermWidget : public QWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    
+    enum ScrollBarPosition
+    {
+        /** Do not show the scroll bar. */
+        NoScrollBar=0,
+        /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */
+        ScrollBarLeft=1,
+        /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */
+        ScrollBarRight=2
+    };
+
+
+    //Creation of widget
+    QTermWidget(int startnow = 1, //start shell programm immediatelly
+		QWidget *parent = 0);
+    ~QTermWidget();
+
+    //start shell program if it was not started in constructor
+    void startShellProgram();
+    
+    //look-n-feel, if you don`t like defaults
+
+    //	Terminal font
+    // Default is application font with family Monospace, size 10
+    void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); 
+    
+    //	Shell program, default is /bin/bash
+    void setShellProgram(QString &progname);
+    
+    // Shell program args, default is none
+    void setArgs(QStringList &args);
+    
+    //Text codec, default is UTF-8
+    void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec);
+
+    //Color scheme, default is white on black
+    void setColorScheme(int scheme);
+    
+    //set size
+    void setSize(int h, int v);
+    
+    // History size for scrolling 
+    void setHistorySize(int lines); //infinite if lines < 0
+
+    // Presence of scrollbar
+    void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition);
+    
+    // Send some text to terminal
+    void sendText(QString &text);
+            
+signals:
+    void finished();
+        
+protected: 
+    virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *);
+    
+protected slots:
+    void sessionFinished();        
+    
+private:
+    void init();    
+    TermWidgetImpl *m_impl;
+};
+
+
+//Maybe useful, maybe not
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#endif
+void *createTermWidget(int startnow, void *parent); 
+
+#endif
+

resources/licenses/en.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+License EN

resources/licenses/ru.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Лицензия Русский

resources/systeminstaller.qrc

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<RCC>
+    <qresource prefix="/">
+        <file>img/calculate-logo.png</file>
+        <file>licenses/en.txt</file>
+        <file>licenses/ru.txt</file>
+        <file>texts/welcome_en.txt</file>
+        <file>texts/complete_en.txt</file>
+    </qresource>
+</RCC>

resources/texts/complete_en.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Congratulations, the instalation is complete!
+

resources/texts/welcome_en.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<html>
+Welcome to Calculate Linux.<br>
+<a href='http://calculate-linux.org'>http://calculate-linux.org</a>
+<br>
+<br>
+</html>

src/installerpage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <QObject>
+#include <QWidget>
+
+class InstallerPage : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	InstallerPage( const QString& title, QObject* parent = 0 ) : QObject(parent), m_Widget(new QWidget()), m_Title(title) {}
+	virtual ~InstallerPage() { delete m_Widget; }
+
+public:
+	QWidget*	getWidget() { return m_Widget; }
+	QString		getTitle() { return m_Title; }
+
+	virtual bool validate() = 0;
+
+public slots:
+	virtual void show() {}
+
+protected:
+	QWidget*	m_Widget;
+	QString		m_Title;
+};

src/main.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#include <QtGui/QApplication>
+
+#include <QTextCodec>
+#include <QLocale>
+#include <QTranslator>
+
+#include "systeminstaller.h"
+
+int main(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+	QTextCodec::setCodecForLocale( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
+	QTextCodec::setCodecForTr( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
+	QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings( QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8") );
+
+	QApplication app(argc, argv);
+
+//	QTranslator	localize;
+
+//	app.installTranslator();
+
+	SystemInstaller	installer;
+
+	installer.show();
+
+	return app.exec();
+}
+

src/pagecfdisk.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+#include "pagecfdisk.h"
+
+#include <QBoxLayout>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QFont>
+
+//
+#include <QMessageBox>
+
+#include "libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h"
+
+PageCfdisk::PageCfdisk(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+	QLabel*		label = new QLabel("cfdisk");
+	QWidget*	widget = new QWidget;
+	widget->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Expanding);
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox_1 = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+	vbox_1->addWidget(label);
+	vbox_1->addWidget(widget);
+
+	m_Term = new QTermWidget;
+
+	QFont	font = QApplication::font();
+	font.setFamily("Terminus");
+	font.setPointSize(12);
+
+	m_Term->setTerminalFont(font);
+	m_Term->setParent(widget);
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout(vbox_1);
+
+	connect(m_Term, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SIGNAL(completed()));
+}
+
+bool PageCfdisk::validate()
+{
+	return true;
+}
+
+void PageCfdisk::show()
+{
+	QString	cmd = "cfdisk /dev/sda && exit \r\n";
+	m_Term->sendText( cmd );
+	m_Term->setFocus();
+
+	m_Term->setSize(100, 200);
+}
+

src/pagecfdisk.h

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class QTermWidget;
+
+class PageCfdisk : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageCfdisk(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+	void show();
+	//
+
+signals:
+	void completed();
+	//
+
+private:
+	QTermWidget*	m_Term;
+
+};
+

src/pageconfiguration.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+#include "pageconfiguration.h"
+
+#include <QBoxLayout>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QComboBox>
+#include <QLineEdit>
+
+PageConfiguration::PageConfiguration(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+
+	QLabel*	labelText = new QLabel( tr("Select parameters: ") );
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_1 = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	QLabel*	labelHostName = new QLabel( tr("Hostname:") );
+	m_Hostname = new QLineEdit( "calculate" );
+
+	hbox_1->addWidget(labelHostName);
+	hbox_1->addWidget(m_Hostname);
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_2 = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	QLabel* langText = new QLabel( tr("Language:") );
+	m_Language = new QComboBox;
+
+	m_Language->addItem("en_EN");
+	m_Language->addItem("ru_RU");
+
+	hbox_2->addWidget(langText);
+	hbox_2->addWidget(m_Language);
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_3 = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	QLabel*	labelFormat = new QLabel( tr("Format") );
+	m_Format = new QComboBox;
+
+	m_Format->addItem( "reiserfs" );
+	m_Format->addItem( "ext2" );
+	m_Format->addItem( "ext3" );
+	m_Format->addItem( "ext4" );
+	m_Format->addItem( "jfs" );
+	m_Format->addItem( "xfs" );
+
+	hbox_3->addWidget(labelFormat);
+	hbox_3->addWidget(m_Format);
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_4 = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	QLabel*	labelTimezone = new QLabel( tr("Timezone:") );
+	m_Timezone = new QComboBox;
+
+	// TODO: load list timezones
+	m_Timezone->addItem( "Europe/Moscow" );
+	m_Timezone->addItem( "Europe/Minsk" );
+	m_Timezone->addItem( "Europe/Kiev" );
+
+	hbox_4->addWidget(labelTimezone);
+	hbox_4->addWidget(m_Timezone);
+
+	QVBoxLayout* vbox_1 = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+	vbox_1->addWidget( labelText );
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_1);
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_2);
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_3);
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_4);
+	vbox_1->addStretch();
+	//
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout( vbox_1 );
+}
+
+bool PageConfiguration::validate()
+{
+	return true;
+}
+

src/pageconfiguration.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class QComboBox;
+class QLineEdit;
+
+class PageConfiguration : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageConfiguration(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+
+private:
+	QLineEdit*	m_Hostname;
+	QComboBox*	m_Language;
+	QComboBox*	m_Format;
+	QComboBox*	m_Timezone;
+	QComboBox*	m_Composite;
+};
+

src/pagefinish.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#include "pagefinish.h"
+
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QBoxLayout>
+
+#include "tools.h"
+
+PageFinish::PageFinish(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+	QLabel*	label = new QLabel( LoadTextFile(":/texts/complete_en.txt") );
+
+	label->setWordWrap(true);
+	label->setAlignment( Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop );
+
+	QVBoxLayout* vbox = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+	vbox->addWidget(label);
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout(vbox);
+}
+
+bool PageFinish::validate()
+{
+	return true;
+}

src/pagefinish.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class PageFinish : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageFinish(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+
+
+
+};
+
+

src/pageinstall.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#include "pageinstall.h"
+
+#include <QBoxLayout>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QTextEdit>
+#include <QProgressBar>
+
+PageInstall::PageInstall(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+	//QLabel*	label = new QLabel( tr("") )
+
+	m_Output = new QTextEdit;
+	m_Output->setReadOnly(true);
+	m_Progress = new QProgressBar(0);
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+	vbox->addWidget(m_Output);
+	vbox->addWidget(m_Progress);
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout(vbox);
+}
+
+void PageInstall::show()
+{
+//	emit changeNext(false);
+//	emit changePrev(false);
+}
+
+bool PageInstall::validate()
+{
+	return true;
+}
+

src/pageinstall.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class QTextEdit;
+class QProgressBar;
+
+class PageInstall : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageInstall(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+	void show();
+
+signals:
+	void changeNext(bool);
+	void changePrev(bool);
+
+private:
+	QTextEdit*		m_Output;
+	QProgressBar*	m_Progress;
+
+};
+

src/pagelanguage.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+#include "pagelanguage.h"
+
+#include <QBoxLayout>
+#include <QLabel>
+#include <QComboBox>
+
+#include "tools.h"
+
+PageLanguage::PageLanguage(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+	// widgets
+	m_labelWelcome = new QLabel( LoadTextFile(":/texts/welcome_en.txt") );
+	m_labelWelcome->setWordWrap( true );
+	m_labelWelcome->setOpenExternalLinks( true );
+
+	m_labelLanguage = new QLabel( tr("Choose a language: ") );
+
+	m_comboboxLanguages = new QComboBox;
+
+	//
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_1 = new QHBoxLayout;
+	hbox_1->addWidget(m_comboboxLanguages);
+	hbox_1->addStretch();
+
+	//
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox_1 = new QVBoxLayout;
+	vbox_1->addWidget( m_labelWelcome );
+	vbox_1->addWidget( m_labelLanguage );
+	vbox_1->addLayout( hbox_1 );
+	vbox_1->addStretch();
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout(vbox_1);
+
+	// TODO: fill use translate files
+	m_comboboxLanguages->addItem( tr("English") );
+	m_comboboxLanguages->addItem( tr("Russian") );
+}
+
+bool PageLanguage::validate()
+{
+	return true;
+}
+
+

src/pagelanguage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class QLabel;
+class QComboBox;
+class QTextBrowser;
+
+class PageLanguage : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageLanguage(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+signals:
+	void changeLanguage(int);
+
+private:
+	QLabel*		m_labelWelcome;
+	QLabel*		m_labelLanguage;
+	QComboBox*	m_comboboxLanguages;
+};
+

src/pagelicense.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#include "pagelicense.h"
+
+#include <QLayout>
+#include <QTextEdit>
+#include <QCheckBox>
+
+#include "tools.h"
+
+PageLicense::PageLicense(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+	// TODO: select file for locale
+	textLicense = new QTextEdit( LoadTextFile(":/licenses/en.txt") );
+	checkAccept = new QCheckBox( tr("Accept") );
+	connect( checkAccept, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SIGNAL(changeNext(bool)) );
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_1 = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	hbox_1->addWidget(checkAccept);
+	hbox_1->addStretch();
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox_1 = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+	vbox_1->addWidget(textLicense);
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_1);
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout(vbox_1);
+}
+
+bool PageLicense::validate()
+{
+	emit changeNext(true);
+	return true;
+}
+
+void PageLicense::show()
+{
+	emit changeNext(checkAccept->isChecked());
+}

src/pagelicense.h

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class QTextEdit;
+class QCheckBox;
+
+class PageLicense : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageLicense(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+	void show();
+
+signals:
+	void changeNext(bool);
+
+private:
+	QTextEdit*	textLicense;
+	QCheckBox*	checkAccept;
+
+};
+

src/pagemanager.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+#include "pagemanager.h"
+#include <QStackedWidget>
+#include <QLabel>
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+PageManager::PageManager(QStackedWidget* stackedWidget, QLabel* listLabel, QObject* parent) :
+	QObject(parent),
+	m_StackWidget(stackedWidget),
+	m_ListLabel(listLabel),
+	m_isSinglePage(false)
+{
+	Q_ASSERT_X( stackedWidget != 0, "PageManager::PageManager", "stackedWidget pointer is 0");
+	Q_ASSERT_X( listLabel != 0, "PageManager::PageManager", "listLabel pointer is 0");
+
+	listLabel->setWordWrap(true);
+	listLabel->setAlignment ( Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop );
+}
+
+PageManager::~PageManager()
+{
+	// clear stack widget
+	removeStackedPage();
+
+	qDeleteAll(m_Pages);
+}
+
+void PageManager::addPage(InstallerPage* page)
+{
+	Q_ASSERT_X( page != 0, "PageManager::addPage", "page pointer is 0");
+
+	m_Pages.push_back(page);
+
+	m_CurPage = m_Pages.begin();
+	pageUpdate();
+
+}
+
+unsigned int PageManager::getPageCount()
+{
+	return m_Pages.count();
+}
+
+void PageManager::showOnce(InstallerPage* page)
+{
+	Q_ASSERT_X( page != 0, "PageManager::showOnce", "page pointer is 0");
+
+	if (page)
+	{
+		removeStackedPage();
+		m_isSinglePage = true;
+		m_StackWidget->addWidget( page->getWidget() );
+		m_StackWidget->setCurrentIndex(0);
+		page->show();
+	}
+
+	//pageUpdate();
+}
+
+void PageManager::showFirst()
+{
+}
+
+void PageManager::showNext()
+{
+	if ( !m_isSinglePage && (m_CurPage != m_Pages.end()) && ((m_CurPage + 1) != m_Pages.end()) )
+	{
+		if ((*m_CurPage)->validate())
+		{
+			++m_CurPage;
+			pageUpdate();
+		}
+	}
+	if (m_isSinglePage)
+	{
+		m_isSinglePage = false;
+		pageUpdate();
+	}
+}
+
+void PageManager::showPrevious()
+{
+	if ( !m_isSinglePage && (m_CurPage != m_Pages.begin()) )
+	{
+		if ((*m_CurPage)->validate())
+		{
+			--m_CurPage;
+			pageUpdate();
+		}
+	}
+	if (m_isSinglePage)
+	{
+		m_isSinglePage = false;
+		pageUpdate();
+	}
+}
+
+// TODO
+void PageManager::pageUpdate()
+{
+	QString	label;
+
+	removeStackedPage();
+
+	m_StackWidget->addWidget( (*m_CurPage)->getWidget() );
+	m_StackWidget->setCurrentIndex(0);
+
+	foreach(InstallerPage* page, m_Pages)
+	{
+		QString title = page->getTitle();
+
+		if (title == (*m_CurPage)->getTitle())
+		{
+			title = "<b>" + title + "</b>";
+			page->show();
+		}
+		title += "<br>";
+
+		label += title;
+	}
+
+	m_ListLabel->setText( label );
+}
+
+void PageManager::removeStackedPage()
+{
+	QWidget*	currWidget = m_StackWidget->currentWidget();
+	if (currWidget)
+	{
+		m_StackWidget->removeWidget( currWidget );
+	}
+}

src/pagemanager.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#ifndef PAGEMANAGER_H
+#define PAGEMANAGER_H
+
+#include <QObject>
+
+class QLabel;
+class QStackedWidget;
+class InstallerPage;
+
+typedef QList<InstallerPage*>::iterator	PageIterator;
+
+class PageManager : public QObject
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PageManager(QStackedWidget* stackedWidget, QLabel* listLabel, QObject* parent = 0);
+	~PageManager();
+
+public:
+	void addPage(InstallerPage* page);
+	unsigned int getPageCount();
+
+	void showOnce(InstallerPage* page);
+
+public slots:
+	void showFirst();
+
+	void showNext();
+	void showPrevious();
+
+private:
+	void pageUpdate();
+	void removeStackedPage();
+
+private:
+	QStackedWidget*			m_StackWidget;
+	QLabel*					m_ListLabel;
+
+	QList<InstallerPage*>	m_Pages;
+
+	PageIterator			m_CurPage;
+
+	bool					m_isSinglePage;
+};
+
+#endif // PAGEMANAGER_H

src/pagepartitioning.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+#include "pagepartitioning.h"
+
+#include <QRadioButton>
+#include <QPushButton>
+#include <QComboBox>
+#include <QBoxLayout>
+
+
+PagePartitioning::PagePartitioning(const QString& title) :
+	InstallerPage(title)
+{
+	// widgets
+	m_ButExistPartition = new QRadioButton( tr("Use existing partition") );
+	m_ButAllDisk = new QRadioButton( tr("Use automatical partitioning") );
+
+	m_ButPartitioning = new QPushButton( tr("Manualy partitioning") );
+
+	m_Partitions = new QComboBox;
+	m_Disks = new QComboBox;
+
+	// layouts
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_1 = new QHBoxLayout;
+	hbox_1->addWidget( m_ButExistPartition );
+	hbox_1->addWidget( m_Partitions );
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_2 = new QHBoxLayout;
+	hbox_2->addWidget( m_ButAllDisk );
+	hbox_2->addWidget( m_Disks );
+
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_3 = new QHBoxLayout;
+	hbox_3->addWidget( m_ButPartitioning );
+	hbox_3->addStretch();
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox_1 = new QVBoxLayout;
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_1);
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_2);
+	vbox_1->addLayout(hbox_3);
+	vbox_1->addStretch();
+
+	m_Widget->setLayout(vbox_1);
+
+	m_ButExistPartition->setChecked(true);
+	m_Disks->setEnabled(false);
+
+	connect(m_ButExistPartition, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), m_Partitions, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+	connect(m_ButAllDisk, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), m_Disks, SLOT(setEnabled(bool)));
+
+	connect( m_ButPartitioning, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SIGNAL(manualyPartitioning()) );
+
+	// TODO: replace code and get data from libparted
+	m_Partitions->addItem( "/dev/sda1 (100G)" );
+	m_Partitions->addItem( "/dev/sda2 (100G)" );
+	m_Partitions->addItem( "/dev/sdb1 (80G)" );
+
+	m_Disks->addItem( "/dev/sda" );
+	m_Disks->addItem( "/dev/sdb" );
+}
+
+bool PagePartitioning::validate()
+{
+	return true;
+}
+
+void PagePartitioning::show()
+{
+
+}

src/pagepartitioning.h

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include "installerpage.h"
+
+class QRadioButton;
+class QPushButton;
+class QComboBox;
+
+class PagePartitioning : public InstallerPage
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit PagePartitioning(const QString& title);
+
+	bool validate();
+
+public slots:
+	void show();
+
+signals:
+	void manualyPartitioning();
+
+private:
+	QRadioButton*	m_ButExistPartition;
+	QRadioButton*	m_ButAllDisk;
+	QPushButton*	m_ButPartitioning;
+
+	QComboBox*		m_Partitions;
+	QComboBox*		m_Disks;
+};
+

src/systeminstaller.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+#include "systeminstaller.h"
+
+#include <QtGui>
+#include <QStackedWidget>
+#include <QPushButton>
+#include <QGroupBox>
+
+#include "pagemanager.h"
+
+#include "pagelanguage.h"
+#include "pagelicense.h"
+#include "pagepartitioning.h"
+#include "pageconfiguration.h"
+#include "pageinstall.h"
+#include "pagefinish.h"
+
+#include "pagecfdisk.h"
+
+SystemInstaller::SystemInstaller(QWidget *parent) :
+	QMainWindow(parent)
+{
+	// need for QMainWindow
+	QWidget*		centralWidget = new QWidget(this);
+
+	// buttons
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_buttons = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	m_butPrev = new QPushButton( tr("Prevoius") );
+	m_butNext = new QPushButton( tr("Next") );
+
+	hbox_buttons->addStretch();
+	hbox_buttons->addWidget( m_butPrev );
+	hbox_buttons->addWidget( m_butNext );
+
+	// right pannel = widget for pages + buttons
+	QStackedWidget* stackPages = new QStackedWidget;
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox_1 = new QVBoxLayout;
+
+	QGroupBox*		group_box_page = new QGroupBox;
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	group_box_page_l = new QVBoxLayout;
+	group_box_page_l->addWidget( stackPages );
+
+	group_box_page->setLayout( group_box_page_l );
+
+	vbox_1->addWidget( group_box_page );
+	vbox_1->addLayout( hbox_buttons );
+
+	// left pannel
+	QLabel*			labelPages = new QLabel;
+	QGroupBox*		group_box_list = new QGroupBox;
+
+	QVBoxLayout*	group_box_list_l = new QVBoxLayout;
+	group_box_list_l->addWidget( labelPages );
+
+	group_box_list->setLayout( group_box_list_l );
+
+	// left + right pannels
+	QHBoxLayout*	hbox_2 = new QHBoxLayout;
+
+	hbox_2->addWidget( group_box_list, 2 );
+	hbox_2->addLayout( vbox_1, 8 );
+
+	// all window
+	QVBoxLayout*	vbox_2 = new QVBoxLayout(centralWidget);
+
+	m_labelImage = new QLabel("");
+	m_labelImage->setAlignment( Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter );
+
+	// logo
+	QImage	logo( ":/img/calculate-logo.png" );
+	m_labelImage->setPixmap( QPixmap::fromImage(logo) );
+
+	vbox_2->addWidget( m_labelImage );
+	vbox_2->addLayout( hbox_2 );
+
+	setCentralWidget( centralWidget );
+
+	// minimum size for window
+	setMinimumSize(640, 480);
+	QRect	scr = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry();
+	move( scr.width() - scr.width()/2 - 640/2, scr.height() - scr.height()/2 - 480/2 );
+
+	// create PageManager and pages
+	m_PageManager = new PageManager(stackPages, labelPages, this);
+
+	PageLanguage*	pageLanguage = new PageLanguage( tr("Language") );
+	connect( pageLanguage, SIGNAL(changeLanguage(int)), this, SLOT(changedLanguage(int)) );
+
+	m_PageManager->addPage(pageLanguage);
+
+	PageLicense*	pageLicense = new PageLicense( tr("License") );
+	connect( pageLicense, SIGNAL(changeNext(bool)), this, SLOT(changedNext(bool)) );
+	m_PageManager->addPage(pageLicense);
+
+	PagePartitioning*	pagePartitoning = new PagePartitioning( tr("Partitioning") );
+	connect(pagePartitoning, SIGNAL(manualyPartitioning()), this, SLOT(doPartitioning()));
+	m_PageManager->addPage(pagePartitoning);
+
+	PageConfiguration* pageConfiguration = new PageConfiguration( tr("Configuring") );
+	m_PageManager->addPage(pageConfiguration);
+
+	PageInstall* pageInstall = new PageInstall( tr("Installing") );
+	m_PageManager->addPage(pageInstall);
+
+	PageFinish* pageFinish = new PageFinish( tr("Complete") );
+	m_PageManager->addPage(pageFinish);
+
+	m_PageManager->showFirst();
+
+	connect( m_butNext, SIGNAL(clicked()), m_PageManager, SLOT(showNext()) );
+	connect( m_butPrev, SIGNAL(clicked()), m_PageManager, SLOT(showPrevious()) );
+}
+
+SystemInstaller::~SystemInstaller()
+{
+	delete m_PageManager;
+}
+
+
+void SystemInstaller::changedNext(bool state)
+{
+	m_butNext->setEnabled(state);
+}
+
+void SystemInstaller::changedPrev(bool state)
+{
+	m_butPrev->setEnabled(state);
+}
+
+void SystemInstaller::changedLanguage(int lang)
+{
+	Q_UNUSED(lang);
+}
+
+void SystemInstaller::doPartitioning()
+{
+	m_PageCfdisk = new PageCfdisk("Partitioning");
+	m_PageManager->showOnce(m_PageCfdisk);
+	connect( m_PageCfdisk, SIGNAL(completed()), this, SLOT(completePartitioning()) );
+}
+
+void SystemInstaller::completePartitioning()
+{
+	delete m_PageCfdisk;
+	m_PageManager->showPrevious();
+}

src/systeminstaller.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <QMainWindow>
+
+class QPushButton;
+class QLabel;
+
+class PageManager;
+class PageCfdisk;
+
+class SystemInstaller : public QMainWindow
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+public:
+	explicit SystemInstaller(QWidget *parent = 0);
+	~SystemInstaller();
+
+public:
+
+private:
+
+private slots:
+	void changedNext(bool);
+	void changedPrev(bool);
+	void changedLanguage(int);
+
+	void doPartitioning();
+	void completePartitioning();
+
+private:
+	// ui
+	QPushButton*	m_butPrev;
+	QPushButton*	m_butNext;
+
+	QLabel*			m_labelImage;
+
+	PageManager*	m_PageManager;
+
+	PageCfdisk*		m_PageCfdisk;
+};
+

src/tools.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#include "tools.h"
+
+#include <QFile>
+#include <QTextStream>
+
+QString LoadTextFile(const QString& name)
+{
+	QString	result;
+
+	QFile	inputFile(name);
+	if ( inputFile.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text) )
+	{
+		result = QTextStream(&inputFile).readAll();
+		inputFile.close();
+	}
+	return result;
+}

src/tools.h

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <QString>
+
+QString LoadTextFile(const QString& name);